mirror of
https://github.com/nix-community/home-manager
synced 2024-11-10 07:04:17 +00:00
treewide: convert all option docs to Markdown
This process was automated by [my fork of `nix-doc-munge`]. All conversions were automatically checked to produce the same DocBook result when converted back, modulo minor typographical/formatting differences on the acceptable-to-desirable spectrum. To reproduce this commit, run: $ NIX_PATH=nixpkgs=flake:nixpkgs/e7e69199f0372364a6106a1e735f68604f4c5a25 \ nix shell nixpkgs#coreutils \ -c find . -name '*.nix' \ -exec nix run -- github:emilazy/nix-doc-munge/98dadf1f77351c2ba5dcb709a2a171d655f15099 \ {} + $ ./format [my fork of `nix-doc-munge`]: https://github.com/emilazy/nix-doc-munge/tree/home-manager
This commit is contained in:
parent
c1d8d2a3d1
commit
36a53d9f26
355 changed files with 3805 additions and 3886 deletions
|
@ -13,24 +13,24 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "${cfg.basePath}/${name}";
|
||||
defaultText = "‹accounts.calendar.basePath›/‹name›";
|
||||
description = "The path of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The path of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
type = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "filesystem" "singlefile" ];
|
||||
description = "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
fileExt = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "The file extension to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The file extension to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
encoding = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
File encoding for items, both content and file name.
|
||||
Defaults to UTF-8.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -42,19 +42,19 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
type = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "caldav" "http" "google_calendar" ];
|
||||
description = "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
url = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "The URL of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The URL of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
userName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "User name for authentication.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "User name for authentication.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# userNameCommand = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = [ "pass" "caldav" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A command that prints the password to standard output.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ let
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Unique identifier of the calendar. This is set to the
|
||||
attribute name of the calendar configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ let
|
|||
primary = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether this is the primary account. Only one account may be
|
||||
set as primary.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
primaryCollection = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The primary collection of the account. Required when an
|
||||
account has multiple collections.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ let
|
|||
local = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (localModule name);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Local configuration for the calendar.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ let
|
|||
remote = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr remoteModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Remote configuration for the calendar.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
apply = p:
|
||||
if hasPrefix "/" p then p else "${config.home.homeDirectory}/${p}";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The base directory in which to save calendars. May be a
|
||||
relative path, in which case it is relative the home
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ in {
|
|||
(import ../programs/khal-calendar-accounts.nix)
|
||||
]);
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "List of calendars.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "List of calendars.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
config = mkIf (cfg.accounts != { }) {
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,24 +13,24 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "${cfg.basePath}/${name}";
|
||||
defaultText = "‹accounts.contact.basePath›/‹name›";
|
||||
description = "The path of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The path of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
type = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "filesystem" "singlefile" ];
|
||||
description = "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
fileExt = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "The file extension to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The file extension to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
encoding = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
File encoding for items, both content and file name.
|
||||
Defaults to UTF-8.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -42,19 +42,19 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
type = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "carddav" "http" "google_contacts" ];
|
||||
description = "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The type of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
url = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "The URL of the storage.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The URL of the storage.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
userName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "User name for authentication.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "User name for authentication.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# userNameCommand = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = [ "pass" "caldav" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A command that prints the password to standard output.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ let
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Unique identifier of the contact account. This is set to the
|
||||
attribute name of the contact configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ let
|
|||
local = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (localModule name);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Local configuration for the contacts.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ let
|
|||
remote = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr remoteModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Remote configuration for the contacts.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
apply = p:
|
||||
if hasPrefix "/" p then p else "${config.home.homeDirectory}/${p}";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The base directory in which to save contacts. May be a
|
||||
relative path, in which case it is relative the home
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ in {
|
|||
(import ../programs/khal-accounts.nix)
|
||||
]);
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "List of contacts.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "List of contacts.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
key = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
The key to use as listed in <command>gpg --list-keys</command>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The key to use as listed in {command}`gpg --list-keys`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
signByDefault = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "Sign messages by default.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Sign messages by default.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
encryptByDefault = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "Encrypt outgoing messages by default.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Encrypt outgoing messages by default.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ let
|
|||
Luke Skywalker
|
||||
May the force be with you.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Signature content.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ let
|
|||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The delimiter used between the document and the signature.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ let
|
|||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
pkgs.writeScript "signature" "echo This is my signature"
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = "A command that generates a signature.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "A command that generates a signature.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
showSignature = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "append" "attach" "none" ];
|
||||
default = "none";
|
||||
description = "Method to communicate the signature.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Method to communicate the signature.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ let
|
|||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable TLS/SSL.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ let
|
|||
useStartTls = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to use STARTTLS.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = config.accounts.email.certificatesFile;
|
||||
defaultText = "config.accounts.email.certificatesFile";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Path to file containing certificate authorities that should
|
||||
be used to validate the connection authenticity. If
|
||||
<literal>null</literal> then the system default is used.
|
||||
`null` then the system default is used.
|
||||
Note, if set then the system default may still be accepted.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ let
|
|||
host = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "imap.example.org";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Hostname of IMAP server.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -120,16 +120,16 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.port;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = 993;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The port on which the IMAP server listens. If
|
||||
<literal>null</literal> then the default port is used.
|
||||
`null` then the default port is used.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
tls = mkOption {
|
||||
type = tlsModule;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration for secure connections.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -142,12 +142,11 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "jmap.example.org";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Hostname of JMAP server.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
If both this option and <xref
|
||||
linkend="opt-accounts.email.accounts._name_.jmap.sessionUrl"/> are specified,
|
||||
<literal>host</literal> is preferred by applications when establishing a
|
||||
|
||||
If both this option and [](#opt-accounts.email.accounts._name_.jmap.sessionUrl) are specified,
|
||||
`host` is preferred by applications when establishing a
|
||||
session.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -156,12 +155,11 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "https://jmap.example.org:443/.well-known/jmap";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
URL for the JMAP Session resource.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
If both this option and <xref
|
||||
linkend="opt-accounts.email.accounts._name_.jmap.host"/> are specified,
|
||||
<literal>host</literal> is preferred by applications when establishing a
|
||||
|
||||
If both this option and [](#opt-accounts.email.accounts._name_.jmap.host) are specified,
|
||||
`host` is preferred by applications when establishing a
|
||||
session.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -173,7 +171,7 @@ let
|
|||
host = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "smtp.example.org";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Hostname of SMTP server.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -182,16 +180,16 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.port;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = 465;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The port on which the SMTP server listens. If
|
||||
<literal>null</literal> then the default port is used.
|
||||
`null` then the default port is used.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
tls = mkOption {
|
||||
type = tlsModule;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration for secure connections.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -202,7 +200,7 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
path = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Path to maildir directory where mail for this account is
|
||||
stored. This is relative to the base maildir path.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -213,7 +211,7 @@ let
|
|||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
default = "${cfg.maildirBasePath}/${config.path}";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A convenience option whose value is the absolute path of
|
||||
this maildir.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -226,7 +224,7 @@ let
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Unique identifier of the account. This is set to the
|
||||
attribute name of the account configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -235,7 +233,7 @@ let
|
|||
primary = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether this is the primary account. Only one account may be
|
||||
set as primary.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -251,11 +249,11 @@ let
|
|||
"outlook.office365.com"
|
||||
];
|
||||
default = "plain";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Some email providers have peculiar behavior that require
|
||||
special treatment. This option is therefore intended to
|
||||
indicate the nature of the provider.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
When this indicates a specific provider then, for example,
|
||||
the IMAP, SMTP, and JMAP server configuration may be set
|
||||
automatically.
|
||||
|
@ -265,26 +263,26 @@ let
|
|||
address = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.strMatching ".*@.*";
|
||||
example = "jane.doe@example.org";
|
||||
description = "The email address of this account.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The email address of this account.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
aliases = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf (types.strMatching ".*@.*");
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "webmaster@example.org" "admin@example.org" ];
|
||||
description = "Alternative email addresses of this account.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Alternative email addresses of this account.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
realName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "Jane Doe";
|
||||
description = "Name displayed when sending mails.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Name displayed when sending mails.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
userName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The server username of this account. This will be used as
|
||||
the SMTP, IMAP, and JMAP user name.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -295,7 +293,7 @@ let
|
|||
default = null;
|
||||
apply = p: if isString p then splitString " " p else p;
|
||||
example = "secret-tool lookup email me@example.org";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A command, which when run writes the account password on
|
||||
standard output.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -307,7 +305,7 @@ let
|
|||
inbox = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "Inbox";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Relative path of the inbox mail.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -315,7 +313,7 @@ let
|
|||
sent = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = "Sent";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Relative path of the sent mail folder.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -323,7 +321,7 @@ let
|
|||
drafts = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = "Drafts";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Relative path of the drafts mail folder.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -331,14 +329,14 @@ let
|
|||
trash = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "Trash";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Relative path of the deleted mail folder.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Standard email folders.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -346,7 +344,7 @@ let
|
|||
imap = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr imapModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The IMAP configuration to use for this account.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -354,7 +352,7 @@ let
|
|||
jmap = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr jmapModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The JMAP configuration to use for this account.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -362,7 +360,7 @@ let
|
|||
signature = mkOption {
|
||||
type = signatureModule;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Signature configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -370,7 +368,7 @@ let
|
|||
gpg = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr gpgModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
GPG configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -378,7 +376,7 @@ let
|
|||
smtp = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr smtpModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The SMTP configuration to use for this account.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -386,7 +384,7 @@ let
|
|||
maildir = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr maildirModule;
|
||||
defaultText = { path = "\${name}"; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Maildir configuration for this account.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -479,7 +477,7 @@ in {
|
|||
certificatesFile = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = "/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Path to default file containing certificate authorities that
|
||||
should be used to validate the connection authenticity. This
|
||||
path may be overridden on a per-account basis.
|
||||
|
@ -492,7 +490,7 @@ in {
|
|||
defaultText = "$HOME/Maildir";
|
||||
apply = p:
|
||||
if hasPrefix "/" p then p else "${config.home.homeDirectory}/${p}";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The base directory for account maildir directories. May be a
|
||||
relative path, in which case it is relative the home
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
@ -502,7 +500,7 @@ in {
|
|||
accounts = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf (types.submodule mailAccountOpts);
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "List of email accounts.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "List of email accounts.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,39 +11,40 @@ let
|
|||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.vanilla-dmz";
|
||||
description = "Package providing the cursor theme.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package providing the cursor theme.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "Vanilla-DMZ";
|
||||
description = "The cursor name within the package.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The cursor name within the package.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
size = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.int;
|
||||
default = 32;
|
||||
example = 64;
|
||||
description = "The cursor size.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The cursor size.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
x11 = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption ''
|
||||
x11 config generation for <option>home.pointerCursor</option>
|
||||
'';
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
x11 config generation for {option}`home.pointerCursor`
|
||||
'');
|
||||
|
||||
defaultCursor = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "left_ptr";
|
||||
example = "X_cursor";
|
||||
description = "The default cursor file to use within the package.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The default cursor file to use within the package.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gtk = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption ''
|
||||
gtk config generation for <option>home.pointerCursor</option>
|
||||
'';
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
gtk config generation for {option}`home.pointerCursor`
|
||||
'');
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -94,21 +95,21 @@ in {
|
|||
home.pointerCursor = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr pointerCursorModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Cursor configuration. Set to <literal>null</literal> to disable.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Cursor configuration. Set to `null` to disable.
|
||||
|
||||
Top-level options declared under this submodule are backend independent
|
||||
options. Options declared under namespaces such as <literal>x11</literal>
|
||||
options. Options declared under namespaces such as `x11`
|
||||
are backend specific options. By default, only backend independent cursor
|
||||
configurations are generated. If you need configurations for specific
|
||||
backends, you can toggle them via the enable option. For example,
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-home.pointerCursor.x11.enable"/>
|
||||
[](#opt-home.pointerCursor.x11.enable)
|
||||
will enable x11 cursor configurations.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this will merely generate the cursor configurations.
|
||||
To apply the configurations, the relevant subsytems must also be configured.
|
||||
For example, <xref linkend="opt-home.pointerCursor.gtk.enable"/> will generate
|
||||
the gtk cursor configuration, but <xref linkend="opt-gtk.enable"/> needs
|
||||
For example, [](#opt-home.pointerCursor.gtk.enable) will generate
|
||||
the gtk cursor configuration, but [](#opt-gtk.enable) needs
|
||||
to be set for it to be applied.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ in {
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
i18n.glibcLocales = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Customized <literal>glibcLocales</literal> package providing
|
||||
the <literal>LOCALE_ARCHIVE_*</literal> environment variable.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Customized `glibcLocales` package providing
|
||||
the `LOCALE_ARCHIVE_*` environment variable.
|
||||
|
||||
This option only applies to the Linux platform.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
When Home Manager is configured with NixOS, the default value
|
||||
will be set to <varname>i18n.glibcLocales</varname> from the
|
||||
will be set to {var}`i18n.glibcLocales` from the
|
||||
system configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ in
|
|||
{
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
home.file = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "Attribute set of files to link into the user home.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Attribute set of files to link into the user home.";
|
||||
default = {};
|
||||
type = fileType "home.file" "{env}`HOME`" homeDirectory;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ in
|
|||
home-files = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = "Package to contain all home files";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package to contain all home files";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ let
|
|||
base = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use unless overridden by a more specific option.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ let
|
|||
ctype = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Character classification category.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ let
|
|||
numeric = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for numerical values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ let
|
|||
time = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for formatting times.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ let
|
|||
collate = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for collation (alphabetical ordering).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ let
|
|||
monetary = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for formatting currencies and money amounts.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ let
|
|||
messages = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for messages, application UI languages, etc.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ let
|
|||
paper = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for paper sizes.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ let
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for personal names.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ let
|
|||
address = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for addresses.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ let
|
|||
telephone = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for telephone numbers.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ let
|
|||
measurement = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The language to use for measurement values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ let
|
|||
then null
|
||||
else "us";
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "null";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Keyboard layout. If <literal>null</literal>, then the system
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Keyboard layout. If `null`, then the system
|
||||
configuration will be used.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
This defaults to <literal>null</literal> for state
|
||||
version ≥ 19.09 and <literal>"us"</literal> otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
This defaults to `null` for state
|
||||
version ≥ 19.09 and `"us"` otherwise.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "presario";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Keyboard model.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [];
|
||||
example = ["grp:caps_toggle" "grp_led:scroll"];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
X keyboard options; layout switching goes here.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ let
|
|||
else "";
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "null";
|
||||
example = "colemak";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
X keyboard variant. If <literal>null</literal>, then the
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
X keyboard variant. If `null`, then the
|
||||
system configuration will be used.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
This defaults to <literal>null</literal> for state
|
||||
version ≥ 19.09 and <literal>""</literal> otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
This defaults to `null` for state
|
||||
version ≥ 19.09 and `""` otherwise.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ in
|
|||
undefined for state version ≥ 20.09
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = "jane.doe";
|
||||
description = "The user's username.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The user's username.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.homeDirectory = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ in
|
|||
'';
|
||||
apply = toString;
|
||||
example = "/home/jane.doe";
|
||||
description = "The user's home directory. Must be an absolute path.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The user's home directory. Must be an absolute path.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.profileDirectory = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ in
|
|||
"/etc/profiles/per-user/''${home.username}"
|
||||
'';
|
||||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The profile directory where Home Manager generations are installed.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ in
|
|||
home.language = mkOption {
|
||||
type = languageSubModule;
|
||||
default = {};
|
||||
description = "Language configuration.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Language configuration.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.keyboard = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ in
|
|||
"{ }" for state version < 21.11,
|
||||
"null" for state version ≥ 21.11
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Keyboard configuration. Set to <literal>null</literal> to
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Keyboard configuration. Set to `null` to
|
||||
disable Home Manager keyboard management.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -243,14 +243,14 @@ in
|
|||
"..." = "cd ../..";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
An attribute set that maps aliases (the top level attribute names
|
||||
in this option) to command strings or directly to build outputs.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
This option should only be used to manage simple aliases that are
|
||||
compatible across all shells. If you need to use a shell specific
|
||||
feature then make sure to use a shell specific option, for example
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-programs.bash.shellAliases"/> for Bash.
|
||||
[](#opt-programs.bash.shellAliases) for Bash.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -258,45 +258,45 @@ in
|
|||
default = {};
|
||||
type = with types; lazyAttrsOf (oneOf [ str path int float ]);
|
||||
example = { EDITOR = "emacs"; GS_OPTIONS = "-sPAPERSIZE=a4"; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Environment variables to always set at login.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
The values may refer to other environment variables using
|
||||
POSIX.2 style variable references. For example, a variable
|
||||
<varname>parameter</varname> may be referenced as
|
||||
<literal>$parameter</literal> or <literal>''${parameter}</literal>. A
|
||||
default value <literal>foo</literal> may be given as per
|
||||
<literal>''${parameter:-foo}</literal> and, similarly, an alternate
|
||||
value <literal>bar</literal> can be given as per
|
||||
<literal>''${parameter:+bar}</literal>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
{var}`parameter` may be referenced as
|
||||
`$parameter` or `''${parameter}`. A
|
||||
default value `foo` may be given as per
|
||||
`''${parameter:-foo}` and, similarly, an alternate
|
||||
value `bar` can be given as per
|
||||
`''${parameter:+bar}`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note, these variables may be set in any order so no session
|
||||
variable may have a runtime dependency on another session
|
||||
variable. In particular code like
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
```nix
|
||||
home.sessionVariables = {
|
||||
FOO = "Hello";
|
||||
BAR = "$FOO World!";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
```
|
||||
may not work as expected. If you need to reference another
|
||||
session variable, then do so inside Nix instead. The above
|
||||
example then becomes
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
```nix
|
||||
home.sessionVariables = {
|
||||
FOO = "Hello";
|
||||
BAR = "''${config.home.sessionVariables.FOO} World!";
|
||||
};
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
```
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.sessionVariablesPackage = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The package containing the
|
||||
<filename>hm-session-vars.sh</filename> file.
|
||||
{file}`hm-session-vars.sh` file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -308,15 +308,13 @@ in
|
|||
"\${xdg.configHome}/emacs/bin"
|
||||
".git/safe/../../bin"
|
||||
];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra directories to add to <envar>PATH</envar>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra directories to add to {env}`PATH`.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
These directories are added to the <envar>PATH</envar> variable in a
|
||||
double-quoted context, so expressions like <literal>$HOME</literal> are
|
||||
expanded by the shell. However, since expressions like <literal>~</literal> or
|
||||
<literal>*</literal> are escaped, they will end up in the <envar>PATH</envar>
|
||||
These directories are added to the {env}`PATH` variable in a
|
||||
double-quoted context, so expressions like `$HOME` are
|
||||
expanded by the shell. However, since expressions like `~` or
|
||||
`*` are escaped, they will end up in the {env}`PATH`
|
||||
verbatim.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -325,32 +323,32 @@ in
|
|||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra configuration to add to the
|
||||
<filename>hm-session-vars.sh</filename> file.
|
||||
{file}`hm-session-vars.sh` file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.packages = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.package;
|
||||
default = [];
|
||||
description = "The set of packages to appear in the user environment.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The set of packages to appear in the user environment.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.extraOutputsToInstall = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [];
|
||||
example = [ "doc" "info" "devdoc" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
List of additional package outputs of the packages
|
||||
<varname>home.packages</varname> that should be installed into
|
||||
{var}`home.packages` that should be installed into
|
||||
the user environment.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.path = mkOption {
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = "The derivation installing the user packages.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The derivation installing the user packages.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.emptyActivationPath = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -361,11 +359,11 @@ in
|
|||
false for state version < 22.11,
|
||||
true for state version ≥ 22.11
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the activation script should start with an empty
|
||||
<envar>PATH</envar> variable. When <literal>false</literal> then the
|
||||
user's <envar>PATH</envar> will be accessible in the script. It is
|
||||
recommended to keep this at <literal>true</literal> to avoid
|
||||
{env}`PATH` variable. When `false` then the
|
||||
user's {env}`PATH` will be accessible in the script. It is
|
||||
recommended to keep this at `true` to avoid
|
||||
uncontrolled use of tools found in PATH.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -381,56 +379,50 @@ in
|
|||
''';
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The activation scripts blocks to run when activating a Home
|
||||
Manager generation. Any entry here should be idempotent,
|
||||
meaning running twice or more times produces the same result
|
||||
as running it once.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
If the script block produces any observable side effect, such
|
||||
as writing or deleting files, then it
|
||||
<emphasis>must</emphasis> be placed after the special
|
||||
<literal>writeBoundary</literal> script block. Prior to the
|
||||
*must* be placed after the special
|
||||
`writeBoundary` script block. Prior to the
|
||||
write boundary one can place script blocks that verifies, but
|
||||
does not modify, the state of the system and exits if an
|
||||
unexpected state is found. For example, the
|
||||
<literal>checkLinkTargets</literal> script block checks for
|
||||
`checkLinkTargets` script block checks for
|
||||
collisions between non-managed files and files defined in
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-home.file"/>.
|
||||
[](#opt-home.file).
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
A script block should respect the <varname>DRY_RUN</varname>
|
||||
A script block should respect the {var}`DRY_RUN`
|
||||
variable, if it is set then the actions taken by the script
|
||||
should be logged to standard out and not actually performed.
|
||||
The variable <varname>DRY_RUN_CMD</varname> is set to
|
||||
<command>echo</command> if dry run is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
The variable {var}`DRY_RUN_CMD` is set to
|
||||
{command}`echo` if dry run is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
A script block should also respect the
|
||||
<varname>VERBOSE</varname> variable, and if set print
|
||||
{var}`VERBOSE` variable, and if set print
|
||||
information on standard out that may be useful for debugging
|
||||
any issue that may arise. The variable
|
||||
<varname>VERBOSE_ARG</varname> is set to
|
||||
<option>--verbose</option> if verbose output is enabled.
|
||||
{var}`VERBOSE_ARG` is set to
|
||||
{option}`--verbose` if verbose output is enabled.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.activationPackage = mkOption {
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
description = "The package containing the complete activation script.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The package containing the complete activation script.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
home.extraActivationPath = mkOption {
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.package;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra packages to add to <envar>PATH</envar> within the activation
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra packages to add to {env}`PATH` within the activation
|
||||
script.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -439,7 +431,7 @@ in
|
|||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra commands to run in the Home Manager generation builder.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -448,7 +440,7 @@ in
|
|||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra commands to run in the Home Manager profile builder.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -456,13 +448,13 @@ in
|
|||
home.enableNixpkgsReleaseCheck = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Determines whether to check for release version mismatch between Home
|
||||
Manager and Nixpkgs. Using mismatched versions is likely to cause errors
|
||||
and unexpected behavior. It is therefore highly recommended to use a
|
||||
release of Home Manager that corresponds with your chosen release of
|
||||
Nixpkgs.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
When this option is enabled and a mismatch is detected then a warning
|
||||
will be printed when the user configuration is being built.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ in {
|
|||
internal = true;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The input method method package.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with types; listOf package;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = literalExpression "with pkgs; [ fcitx5-rime ]";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Enabled Fcitx5 addons.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
kime configuration. Refer to
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/Riey/kime/blob/develop/docs/CONFIGURATION.md"/>
|
||||
<https://github.com/Riey/kime/blob/develop/docs/CONFIGURATION.md>
|
||||
for details on supported values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.enum [ "gtk" "gtk3" "gtk-systray" "gtk3-systray" "qt4" ];
|
||||
default = "gtk";
|
||||
example = "gtk-systray";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Selected UIM toolbar.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
launchdConfig = { config, name, ... }: {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption name;
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc name);
|
||||
config = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.submodule (import ./launchd.nix);
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
|
@ -27,10 +27,8 @@ let
|
|||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Define a launchd job. See <citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>launchd.plist</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry> for details.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Define a launchd job. See {manpage}`launchd.plist(5)` for details.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -66,7 +64,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = isDarwin;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.stdenv.hostPlatform.isDarwin";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Home Manager to define per-user daemons by making use
|
||||
of launchd's LaunchAgents.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -75,7 +73,7 @@ in {
|
|||
agents = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; attrsOf (submodule launchdConfig);
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Define LaunchAgents.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Define LaunchAgents.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -33,24 +33,25 @@ with lib;
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
Label = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "This required key uniquely identifies the job to launchd.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "This required key uniquely identifies the job to launchd.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Disabled = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key is used as a hint to <literal>launchctl(1)</literal> that it should not submit this job to launchd when
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used as a hint to `launchctl(1)` that it should not submit this job to launchd when
|
||||
loading a job or jobs. The value of this key does NOT reflect the current state of the job on the running
|
||||
system. If you wish to know whether a job is loaded in launchd, reading this key from a configuration
|
||||
file yourself is not a sufficient test. You should query launchd for the presence of the job using
|
||||
the <literal>launchctl(1)</literal> list subcommand or use the ServiceManagement framework's
|
||||
<literal>SMJobCopyDictionary()</literal> method.
|
||||
the `launchctl(1)` list subcommand or use the ServiceManagement framework's
|
||||
`SMJobCopyDictionary()` method.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that as of Mac OS X v10.6, this key's value in a configuration file conveys a default value, which
|
||||
is changed with the [-w] option of the <literal>launchctl(1)</literal> load and unload subcommands. These subcommands no
|
||||
is changed with the [-w] option of the `launchctl(1)` load and unload subcommands. These subcommands no
|
||||
longer modify the configuration file, so the value displayed in the configuration file is not necessarily
|
||||
the value that <literal>launchctl(1)</literal> will apply. See <literal>launchctl(1)</literal> for more information.
|
||||
the value that `launchctl(1)` will apply. See `launchctl(1)` for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
Please also be mindful that you should only use this key if the provided on-demand and KeepAlive criteria
|
||||
are insufficient to describe the conditions under which your job needs to run. The cost to have a
|
||||
|
@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
UserName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the user to run the job as. This key is only applicable when launchd is
|
||||
running as root.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
GroupName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the group to run the job as. This key is only applicable when launchd is
|
||||
running as root. If UserName is set and GroupName is not, the the group will be set to the default
|
||||
group of the user.
|
||||
|
@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
inetdCompatibility = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = { Wait = true; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The presence of this key specifies that the daemon expects to be run as if it were launched from inetd.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.submodule {
|
||||
|
@ -89,9 +90,9 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Wait = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.either types.bool types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This flag corresponds to the "wait" or "nowait" option of inetd. If true, then the listening
|
||||
socket is passed via the standard in/out/error file descriptors. If false, then <literal>accept(2)</literal> is
|
||||
socket is passed via the standard in/out/error file descriptors. If false, then `accept(2)` is
|
||||
called on behalf of the job, and the result is passed via the standard in/out/error descriptors.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -102,35 +103,35 @@ with lib;
|
|||
LimitLoadToHosts = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This configuration file only applies to the hosts listed with this key. Note: One should set kern.hostname
|
||||
in <literal>sysctl.conf(5)</literal> for this feature to work reliably.
|
||||
in `sysctl.conf(5)` for this feature to work reliably.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
LimitLoadFromHosts = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This configuration file only applies to hosts NOT listed with this key. Note: One should set kern.hostname
|
||||
in <literal>sysctl.conf(5)</literal> for this feature to work reliably.
|
||||
in `sysctl.conf(5)` for this feature to work reliably.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
LimitLoadToSessionType = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This configuration file only applies to sessions of the type specified. This key is used in concert
|
||||
with the -S flag to <command>launchctl</command>.
|
||||
with the -S flag to {command}`launchctl`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Program = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This key maps to the first argument of <literal>execvp(3)</literal>. If this key is missing, then the first element of
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This key maps to the first argument of `execvp(3)`. If this key is missing, then the first element of
|
||||
the array of strings provided to the ProgramArguments will be used instead. This key is required in
|
||||
the absence of the ProgramArguments key.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -139,26 +140,26 @@ with lib;
|
|||
ProgramArguments = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This key maps to the second argument of <literal>execvp(3)</literal>. This key is required in the absence of the Program
|
||||
key. Please note: many people are confused by this key. Please read <literal>execvp(3)</literal> very carefully!
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This key maps to the second argument of `execvp(3)`. This key is required in the absence of the Program
|
||||
key. Please note: many people are confused by this key. Please read `execvp(3)` very carefully!
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
EnableGlobbing = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This flag causes launchd to use the <literal>glob(3)</literal> mechanism to update the program arguments before invocation.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This flag causes launchd to use the `glob(3)` mechanism to update the program arguments before invocation.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
EnableTransactions = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This flag instructs launchd that the job promises to use <literal>vproc_transaction_begin(3)</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>vproc_transaction_end(3)</literal> to track outstanding transactions that need to be reconciled before the
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This flag instructs launchd that the job promises to use `vproc_transaction_begin(3)` and
|
||||
`vproc_transaction_end(3)` to track outstanding transactions that need to be reconciled before the
|
||||
process can safely terminate. If no outstanding transactions are in progress, then launchd is free to
|
||||
send the SIGKILL signal.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
OnDemand = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This key was used in Mac OS X 10.4 to control whether a job was kept alive or not. The default was
|
||||
true. This key has been deprecated and replaced in Mac OS X 10.5 and later with the more powerful
|
||||
KeepAlive option.
|
||||
|
@ -181,7 +182,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
SuccessfulExit = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If true, the job will be restarted as long as the program exits and with an exit status of zero.
|
||||
If false, the job will be restarted in the inverse condition. This key implies that "RunAtLoad"
|
||||
is set to true, since the job needs to run at least once before we can get an exit status.
|
||||
|
@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
NetworkState = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If true, the job will be kept alive as long as the network is up, where up is defined as at least
|
||||
one non-loopback interface being up and having IPv4 or IPv6 addresses assigned to them. If
|
||||
false, the job will be kept alive in the inverse condition.
|
||||
|
@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
PathState = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.attrsOf types.bool);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Each key in this dictionary is a file-system path. If the value of the key is true, then the job
|
||||
will be kept alive as long as the path exists. If false, the job will be kept alive in the
|
||||
inverse condition. The intent of this feature is that two or more jobs may create semaphores in
|
||||
|
@ -212,7 +213,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
OtherJobEnabled = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.attrsOf types.bool);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Each key in this dictionary is the label of another job. If the value of the key is true, then
|
||||
this job is kept alive as long as that other job is enabled. Otherwise, if the value is false,
|
||||
then this job is kept alive as long as the other job is disabled. This feature should not be
|
||||
|
@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Crashed = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If true, the the job will be restarted as long as it exited due to a signal which is typically
|
||||
associated with a crash (SIGILL, SIGSEGV, etc.). If false, the job will be restarted in the
|
||||
inverse condition.
|
||||
|
@ -238,7 +239,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
};
|
||||
}));
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to control whether your job is to be kept continuously running or to let
|
||||
demand and conditions control the invocation. The default is false and therefore only demand will start
|
||||
the job. The value may be set to true to unconditionally keep the job alive. Alternatively, a dictionary
|
||||
|
@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
RunAtLoad = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to control whether your job is launched once at the time the job is loaded.
|
||||
The default is false.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -262,23 +263,23 @@ with lib;
|
|||
RootDirectory = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to specify a directory to <literal>chroot(2)</literal> to before running the job.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to specify a directory to `chroot(2)` to before running the job.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
WorkingDirectory = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to specify a directory to <literal>chdir(2)</literal> to before running the job.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to specify a directory to `chdir(2)` to before running the job.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
EnvironmentVariables = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.attrsOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to specify additional environment variables to be set before running the
|
||||
job.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -287,8 +288,8 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Umask = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what value should be passed to <literal>umask(2)</literal> before running the job. Known bug:
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what value should be passed to `umask(2)` before running the job. Known bug:
|
||||
Property lists don't support octal, so please convert the value to decimal.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -296,7 +297,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
TimeOut = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The recommended idle time out (in seconds) to pass to the job. If no value is specified, a default time
|
||||
out will be supplied by launchd for use by the job at check in time.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
ExitTimeOut = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The amount of time launchd waits before sending a SIGKILL signal. The default value is 20 seconds. The
|
||||
value zero is interpreted as infinity.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -314,7 +315,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
ThrottleInterval = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This key lets one override the default throttling policy imposed on jobs by launchd. The value is in
|
||||
seconds, and by default, jobs will not be spawned more than once every 10 seconds. The principle
|
||||
behind this is that jobs should linger around just in case they are needed again in the near future.
|
||||
|
@ -326,8 +327,8 @@ with lib;
|
|||
InitGroups = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies whether <literal>initgroups(3)</literal> should be called before running the job. The default
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies whether `initgroups(3)` should be called before running the job. The default
|
||||
is true in 10.5 and false in 10.4. This key will be ignored if the UserName key is not set.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
WatchPaths = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.path);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key causes the job to be started if any one of the listed paths are modified.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -343,7 +344,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
QueueDirectories = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Much like the WatchPaths option, this key will watch the paths for modifications. The difference being
|
||||
that the job will only be started if the path is a directory and the directory is not empty.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -352,7 +353,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
StartOnMount = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key causes the job to be started every time a filesystem is mounted.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -360,7 +361,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
StartInterval = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key causes the job to be started every N seconds. If the system is asleep, the job will
|
||||
be started the next time the computer wakes up. If multiple intervals transpire before the computer is
|
||||
woken, those events will be coalesced into one event upon wake from sleep.
|
||||
|
@ -373,9 +374,9 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Hour = 2;
|
||||
Minute = 30;
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key causes the job to be started every calendar interval as specified. Missing arguments
|
||||
are considered to be wildcard. The semantics are much like <literal>crontab(5)</literal>. Unlike cron which skips job
|
||||
are considered to be wildcard. The semantics are much like `crontab(5)`. Unlike cron which skips job
|
||||
invocations when the computer is asleep, launchd will start the job the next time the computer wakes
|
||||
up. If multiple intervals transpire before the computer is woken, those events will be coalesced into
|
||||
one event upon wake from sleep.
|
||||
|
@ -385,7 +386,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Minute = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The minute on which this job will be run.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -393,7 +394,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Hour = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The hour on which this job will be run.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -401,7 +402,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Day = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The day on which this job will be run.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -409,7 +410,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Weekday = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The weekday on which this job will be run (0 and 7 are Sunday).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Month = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The month on which this job will be run.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -428,32 +429,32 @@ with lib;
|
|||
StandardInPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what file should be used for data being supplied to stdin when using
|
||||
<literal>stdio(3)</literal>.
|
||||
`stdio(3)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
StandardOutPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what file should be used for data being sent to stdout when using <literal>stdio(3)</literal>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what file should be used for data being sent to stdout when using `stdio(3)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
StandardErrorPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what file should be used for data being sent to stderr when using <literal>stdio(3)</literal>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what file should be used for data being sent to stderr when using `stdio(3)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Debug = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies that launchd should adjust its log mask temporarily to LOG_DEBUG while
|
||||
dealing with this job.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -462,7 +463,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
WaitForDebugger = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies that launchd should instruct the kernel to have the job wait for a debugger
|
||||
to attach before any code in the job is executed.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -470,8 +471,8 @@ with lib;
|
|||
|
||||
SoftResourceLimits = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Resource limits to be imposed on the job. These adjust variables set with <literal>setrlimit(2)</literal>. The following
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Resource limits to be imposed on the job. These adjust variables set with `setrlimit(2)`. The following
|
||||
keys apply:
|
||||
'';
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.submodule {
|
||||
|
@ -479,7 +480,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Core = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The largest size (in bytes) core file that may be created.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -487,7 +488,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
CPU = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum amount of cpu time (in seconds) to be used by each process.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -495,16 +496,16 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Data = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) of the data segment for a process; this defines how far a program may
|
||||
extend its break with the <literal>sbrk(2)</literal> system call.
|
||||
extend its break with the `sbrk(2)` system call.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
FileSize = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The largest size (in bytes) file that may be created.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -512,7 +513,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
MemoryLock = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) which a process may lock into memory using the mlock(2) function.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -520,27 +521,27 @@ with lib;
|
|||
NumberOfFiles = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum number of open files for this process. Setting this value in a system wide daemon
|
||||
will set the <literal>sysctl(3)</literal> kern.maxfiles (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxfilesperproc (HardResourceLimits)
|
||||
value in addition to the <literal>setrlimit(2)</literal> values.
|
||||
will set the `sysctl(3)` kern.maxfiles (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxfilesperproc (HardResourceLimits)
|
||||
value in addition to the `setrlimit(2)` values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
NumberOfProcesses = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum number of simultaneous processes for this user id. Setting this value in a system
|
||||
wide daemon will set the <literal>sysctl(3)</literal> kern.maxproc (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxprocperuid
|
||||
(HardResourceLimits) value in addition to the <literal>setrlimit(2)</literal> values.
|
||||
wide daemon will set the `sysctl(3)` kern.maxproc (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxprocperuid
|
||||
(HardResourceLimits) value in addition to the `setrlimit(2)` values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
ResidentSetSize = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) to which a process's resident set size may grow. This imposes a
|
||||
limit on the amount of physical memory to be given to a process; if memory is tight, the system
|
||||
will prefer to take memory from processes that are exceeding their declared resident set size.
|
||||
|
@ -550,7 +551,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Stack = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) of the stack segment for a process; this defines how far a program's
|
||||
stack segment may be extended. Stack extension is performed automatically by the system.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -562,8 +563,8 @@ with lib;
|
|||
HardResourceLimits = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = { NumberOfFiles = 4096; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Resource limits to be imposed on the job. These adjust variables set with <literal>setrlimit(2)</literal>. The following
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Resource limits to be imposed on the job. These adjust variables set with `setrlimit(2)`. The following
|
||||
keys apply:
|
||||
'';
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.submodule {
|
||||
|
@ -571,7 +572,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Core = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The largest size (in bytes) core file that may be created.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -579,7 +580,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
CPU = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum amount of cpu time (in seconds) to be used by each process.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -587,16 +588,16 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Data = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) of the data segment for a process; this defines how far a program may
|
||||
extend its break with the <literal>sbrk(2)</literal> system call.
|
||||
extend its break with the `sbrk(2)` system call.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
FileSize = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The largest size (in bytes) file that may be created.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -604,35 +605,35 @@ with lib;
|
|||
MemoryLock = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) which a process may lock into memory using the <literal>mlock(2)</literal> function.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) which a process may lock into memory using the `mlock(2)` function.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
NumberOfFiles = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum number of open files for this process. Setting this value in a system wide daemon
|
||||
will set the <literal>sysctl(3)</literal> kern.maxfiles (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxfilesperproc (HardResourceLimits)
|
||||
value in addition to the <literal>setrlimit(2)</literal> values.
|
||||
will set the `sysctl(3)` kern.maxfiles (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxfilesperproc (HardResourceLimits)
|
||||
value in addition to the `setrlimit(2)` values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
NumberOfProcesses = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum number of simultaneous processes for this user id. Setting this value in a system
|
||||
wide daemon will set the <literal>sysctl(3)</literal> kern.maxproc (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxprocperuid
|
||||
(HardResourceLimits) value in addition to the <literal>setrlimit(2)</literal> values.
|
||||
wide daemon will set the `sysctl(3)` kern.maxproc (SoftResourceLimits) or kern.maxprocperuid
|
||||
(HardResourceLimits) value in addition to the `setrlimit(2)` values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
ResidentSetSize = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) to which a process's resident set size may grow. This imposes a
|
||||
limit on the amount of physical memory to be given to a process; if memory is tight, the system
|
||||
will prefer to take memory from processes that are exceeding their declared resident set size.
|
||||
|
@ -642,7 +643,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Stack = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The maximum size (in bytes) of the stack segment for a process; this defines how far a program's
|
||||
stack segment may be extended. Stack extension is performed automatically by the system.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -654,7 +655,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
Nice = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies what nice(3) value should be applied to the daemon.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -691,7 +692,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
AbandonProcessGroup = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
When a job dies, launchd kills any remaining processes with the same process group ID as the job. Setting
|
||||
this key to true disables that behavior.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -700,7 +701,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
LowPriorityIO = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies whether the kernel should consider this daemon to be low priority when
|
||||
doing file system I/O.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -709,7 +710,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
LaunchOnlyOnce = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies whether the job can only be run once and only once. In other words, if the
|
||||
job cannot be safely respawned without a full machine reboot, then set this key to be true.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -718,7 +719,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
MachServices = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = { ResetAtClose = true; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to specify Mach services to be registered with the Mach bootstrap sub-system.
|
||||
Each key in this dictionary should be the name of service to be advertised. The value of the key must
|
||||
be a boolean and set to true. Alternatively, a dictionary can be used instead of a simple true value.
|
||||
|
@ -731,7 +732,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
ResetAtClose = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If this boolean is false, the port is recycled, thus leaving clients to remain oblivious to the
|
||||
demand nature of job. If the value is set to true, clients receive port death notifications when
|
||||
the job lets go of the receive right. The port will be recreated atomically with respect to bootstrap_look_up()
|
||||
|
@ -744,7 +745,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
HideUntilCheckIn = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Reserve the name in the namespace, but cause bootstrap_look_up() to fail until the job has
|
||||
checked in with launchd.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -756,7 +757,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
LaunchEvents = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.attrs);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Specifies higher-level event types to be used as launch-on-demand event
|
||||
sources. Each sub-dictionary defines events for a particular event
|
||||
subsystem, such as "com.apple.iokit.matching", which can be used to
|
||||
|
@ -780,7 +781,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
|
||||
Sockets = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is used to specify launch on demand sockets that can be used to let launchd know when
|
||||
to run the job. The job must check-in to get a copy of the file descriptors using APIs outlined in
|
||||
launch(3). The keys of the top level Sockets dictionary can be anything. They are meant for the application
|
||||
|
@ -790,14 +791,14 @@ with lib;
|
|||
to be effectively equivalent, even though each file descriptor likely represents a different networking
|
||||
protocol which conforms to the criteria specified in the job configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
The parameters below are used as inputs to call <literal>getaddrinfo(3)</literal>.
|
||||
The parameters below are used as inputs to call `getaddrinfo(3)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.attrsOf (types.submodule {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
SockType = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.enum [ "stream" "dgram" "seqpacket" ]);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key tells launchctl what type of socket to create. The default is "stream" and
|
||||
other valid values for this key are "dgram" and "seqpacket" respectively.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -806,8 +807,8 @@ with lib;
|
|||
SockPassive = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies whether <literal>listen(2)</literal> or <literal>connect(2)</literal> should be called on the created file
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies whether `listen(2)` or `connect(2)` should be called on the created file
|
||||
descriptor. The default is true ("to listen").
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -815,23 +816,23 @@ with lib;
|
|||
SockNodeName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the node to <literal>connect(2)</literal> or <literal>bind(2)</literal> to.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the node to `connect(2)` or `bind(2)` to.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
SockServiceName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the service on the node to <literal>connect(2)</literal> or <literal>bind(2)</literal> to.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the service on the node to `connect(2)` or `bind(2)` to.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
SockFamily = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.enum [ "IPv4" "IPv6" ]);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key can be used to specifically request that "IPv4" or "IPv6" socket(s) be created.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -839,8 +840,8 @@ with lib;
|
|||
SockProtocol = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.enum [ "TCP" ]);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the protocol to be passed to <literal>socket(2)</literal>. The only value understood by
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the protocol to be passed to `socket(2)`. The only value understood by
|
||||
this key at the moment is "TCP".
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -848,16 +849,16 @@ with lib;
|
|||
SockPathName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.path;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
This optional key implies SockFamily is set to "Unix". It specifies the path to <literal>connect(2)</literal> or
|
||||
<literal>bind(2)</literal> to.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key implies SockFamily is set to "Unix". It specifies the path to `connect(2)` or
|
||||
`bind(2)` to.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
SecureSocketWithKey = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key is a variant of SockPathName. Instead of binding to a known path, a securely
|
||||
generated socket is created and the path is assigned to the environment variable that is inherited
|
||||
by all jobs spawned by launchd.
|
||||
|
@ -867,7 +868,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
SockPathMode = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key specifies the mode of the socket. Known bug: Property lists don't support
|
||||
octal, so please convert the value to decimal.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -877,18 +878,18 @@ with lib;
|
|||
type =
|
||||
types.nullOr (types.either types.bool (types.listOf types.str));
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key can be used to request that the service be registered with the
|
||||
<literal>mDNSResponder(8)</literal>. If the value is boolean, the service name is inferred from the SockServiceName.
|
||||
`mDNSResponder(8)`. If the value is boolean, the service name is inferred from the SockServiceName.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
MulticastGroup = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This optional key can be used to request that the datagram socket join a multicast group. If the
|
||||
value is a hostname, then <literal>getaddrinfo(3)</literal> will be used to join the correct multicast address for a
|
||||
value is a hostname, then `getaddrinfo(3)` will be used to join the correct multicast address for a
|
||||
given socket family. If an explicit IPv4 or IPv6 address is given, it is required that the SockFamily
|
||||
family also be set, otherwise the results are undefined.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ in
|
|||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether this file should be generated. This option allows specific
|
||||
files to be disabled.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ in
|
|||
text = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.lines;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Text of the file. If this option is null then
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-${opt}._name_.source"/>
|
||||
[](#opt-${opt}._name_.source)
|
||||
must be set.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
source = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Path of the source file or directory. If
|
||||
<xref linkend="opt-${opt}._name_.text"/>
|
||||
[](#opt-${opt}._name_.text)
|
||||
is non-null then this option will automatically point to a file
|
||||
containing that text.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -60,25 +60,25 @@ in
|
|||
executable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Set the execute bit. If <literal>null</literal>, defaults to the mode
|
||||
of the <varname>source</varname> file or to <literal>false</literal>
|
||||
for files created through the <varname>text</varname> option.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Set the execute bit. If `null`, defaults to the mode
|
||||
of the {var}`source` file or to `false`
|
||||
for files created through the {var}`text` option.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
recursive = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If the file source is a directory, then this option
|
||||
determines whether the directory should be recursively
|
||||
linked to the target location. This option has no effect
|
||||
if the source is a file.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
If <literal>false</literal> (the default) then the target
|
||||
|
||||
If `false` (the default) then the target
|
||||
will be a symbolic link to the source directory. If
|
||||
<literal>true</literal> then the target will be a
|
||||
`true` then the target will be a
|
||||
directory structure matching the source's but whose leafs
|
||||
are symbolic links to the files of the source directory.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -87,13 +87,13 @@ in
|
|||
onChange = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Shell commands to run when file has changed between
|
||||
generations. The script will be run
|
||||
<emphasis>after</emphasis> the new files have been linked
|
||||
*after* the new files have been linked
|
||||
into place.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
Note, this code is always run when <literal>recursive</literal> is
|
||||
|
||||
Note, this code is always run when `recursive` is
|
||||
enabled.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ in
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
visible = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the target path should be unconditionally replaced
|
||||
by the managed file source. Warning, this will silently
|
||||
delete the target regardless of whether it is a file or
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ in rec {
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.package;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.dejavu_fonts";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Package providing the font. This package will be installed
|
||||
to your profile. If <literal>null</literal> then the font
|
||||
to your profile. If `null` then the font
|
||||
is assumed to already be available in your profile.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in rec {
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "DejaVu Sans";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The family name of the font within the package.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ in rec {
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.number;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "8";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The size of the font.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ in {
|
|||
manual.html.enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to install the HTML manual. This also installs the
|
||||
<command>home-manager-help</command> tool, which opens a local
|
||||
{command}`home-manager-help` tool, which opens a local
|
||||
copy of the Home Manager manual in the system web browser.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
example = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to install the configuration manual page. The manual can
|
||||
be reached by <command>man home-configuration.nix</command>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
be reached by {command}`man home-configuration.nix`.
|
||||
|
||||
When looking at the manual page pretend that all references to
|
||||
NixOS stuff are actually references to Home Manager stuff.
|
||||
Thanks!
|
||||
|
@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
example = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to install a JSON formatted list of all Home Manager
|
||||
options. This can be located at
|
||||
<filename><profile directory>/share/doc/home-manager/options.json</filename>,
|
||||
{file}`<profile directory>/share/doc/home-manager/options.json`,
|
||||
and may be used for navigating definitions, auto-completing,
|
||||
and other miscellaneous tasks.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ in {
|
|||
# re-enabled, unclear whether there's actual value in it though.
|
||||
default = !pkgs.stdenv.hostPlatform.isDarwin;
|
||||
visible = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable dconf settings.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Note, if you use NixOS then you must add
|
||||
<literal>programs.dconf.enable = true</literal>
|
||||
`programs.dconf.enable = true`
|
||||
to your system configuration. Otherwise you will see a systemd error
|
||||
message when your configuration is activated.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -57,18 +57,18 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Settings to write to the dconf configuration system.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the database is strongly-typed so you need to use the same types
|
||||
as described in the GSettings schema. For example, if an option is of type
|
||||
<literal>uint32</literal> (<literal>u</literal>), you need to wrap the number
|
||||
using the <literal>lib.hm.gvariant.mkUint32</literal> constructor.
|
||||
Otherwise, since Nix integers are implicitly coerced to <literal>int32</literal>
|
||||
(<literal>i</literal>), it would get stored in the database as such, and GSettings
|
||||
`uint32` (`u`), you need to wrap the number
|
||||
using the `lib.hm.gvariant.mkUint32` constructor.
|
||||
Otherwise, since Nix integers are implicitly coerced to `int32`
|
||||
(`i`), it would get stored in the database as such, and GSettings
|
||||
might be confused when loading the setting.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
You might want to use <link xlink:href="https://github.com/gvolpe/dconf2nix">dconf2nix</link>
|
||||
|
||||
You might want to use [dconf2nix](https://github.com/gvolpe/dconf2nix)
|
||||
to convert dconf database dumps into compatible Nix expression.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ loicreynier ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.editorconfig = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "EditorConfig home configuration file";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "EditorConfig home configuration file");
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = iniFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Configuration written to <filename>$HOME/.editorconfig</filename>.
|
||||
<literal>root = true</literal> is automatically added to the file,
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to {file}`$HOME/.editorconfig`.
|
||||
`root = true` is automatically added to the file,
|
||||
it must not be added here.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://editorconfig.org"/> for documentation.
|
||||
See <https://editorconfig.org> for documentation.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ in {
|
|||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable fontconfig configuration. This will, for
|
||||
example, allow fontconfig to discover fonts and
|
||||
configurations installed through
|
||||
<varname>home.packages</varname> and
|
||||
<command>nix-env</command>.
|
||||
{var}`home.packages` and
|
||||
{command}`nix-env`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.package;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.gnome.gnome-themes-extra";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Package providing the theme. This package will be installed
|
||||
to your profile. If <literal>null</literal> then the theme
|
||||
to your profile. If `null` then the theme
|
||||
is assumed to already be available in your profile.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ let
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "Adwaita";
|
||||
description = "The name of the theme within the package.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The name of the theme within the package.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.package;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.gnome.adwaita-icon-theme";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Package providing the icon theme. This package will be installed
|
||||
to your profile. If <literal>null</literal> then the theme
|
||||
to your profile. If `null` then the theme
|
||||
is assumed to already be available in your profile.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ let
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "Adwaita";
|
||||
description = "The name of the icon theme within the package.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The name of the icon theme within the package.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -73,9 +74,9 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.package;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.vanilla-dmz";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Package providing the cursor theme. This package will be installed
|
||||
to your profile. If <literal>null</literal> then the theme
|
||||
to your profile. If `null` then the theme
|
||||
is assumed to already be available in your profile.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -83,14 +84,15 @@ let
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "Vanilla-DMZ";
|
||||
description = "The name of the cursor theme within the package.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The name of the cursor theme within the package.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
size = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = 16;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The size of the cursor.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -108,12 +110,12 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
gtk = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "GTK 2/3 configuration";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "GTK 2/3 configuration");
|
||||
|
||||
font = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr hm.types.fontType;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The font to use in GTK+ 2/3 applications.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -121,19 +123,19 @@ in {
|
|||
cursorTheme = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr cursorThemeType;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "The cursor theme to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The cursor theme to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
iconTheme = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr iconThemeType;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "The icon theme to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The icon theme to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
theme = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr themeType;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "The GTK+2/3 theme to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The GTK+2/3 theme to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gtk2 = {
|
||||
|
@ -141,9 +143,9 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = "gtk-can-change-accels = 1";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra configuration lines to add verbatim to
|
||||
<filename>~/.gtkrc-2.0</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`~/.gtkrc-2.0`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -154,7 +156,7 @@ in {
|
|||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/.gtkrc-2.0"'';
|
||||
example =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.xdg.configHome}/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The location to put the GTK configuration file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -165,7 +167,8 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "file:///home/jane/Documents" ];
|
||||
description = "Bookmarks in the sidebar of the GTK file browser";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Bookmarks in the sidebar of the GTK file browser";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -175,18 +178,18 @@ in {
|
|||
gtk-cursor-blink = false;
|
||||
gtk-recent-files-limit = 20;
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra configuration options to add to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-3.0/settings.ini</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-3.0/settings.ini`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extraCss = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra configuration lines to add verbatim to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-3.0/gtk.css`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -199,18 +202,18 @@ in {
|
|||
gtk-cursor-blink = false;
|
||||
gtk-recent-files-limit = 20;
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra configuration options to add to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-4.0/settings.ini</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-4.0/settings.ini`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extraCss = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra configuration lines to add verbatim to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-4.0/gtk.css</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-4.0/gtk.css`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
|||
lib = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
type = lib.types.attrsOf lib.types.attrs;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
This option allows modules to define helper functions,
|
||||
constants, etc.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ let
|
|||
id = mkOption {
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A unique entry identifier. By default it is a base16
|
||||
formatted hash of the entry message.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ let
|
|||
internal = true;
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "2017-07-10T21:55:04+00:00";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
News entry time stamp in ISO-8601 format. Must be in UTC
|
||||
(ending in '+00:00').
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ let
|
|||
condition = mkOption {
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = "Whether the news entry should be active.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether the news entry should be active.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
message = mkOption {
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "The news entry content.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The news entry content.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ in
|
|||
internal = true;
|
||||
type = types.listOf entryModule;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "News entries.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "News entries.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.nix = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption ''
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
the Nix configuration module
|
||||
'' // {
|
||||
'') // {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
visible = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.package;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.nix";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The Nix package that the configuration should be generated for.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = "indirect";
|
||||
id = "nixpkgs";
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = "The flake reference to be rewritten.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The flake reference to be rewritten.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
to = mkOption {
|
||||
type = inputAttrs;
|
||||
|
@ -119,24 +119,24 @@ in {
|
|||
owner = "my-org";
|
||||
repo = "my-nixpkgs";
|
||||
};
|
||||
description =
|
||||
"The flake reference to which <option>from></option> is to be rewritten.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc
|
||||
"The flake reference to which {option}`from>` is to be rewritten.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
flake = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.attrs;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "nixpkgs";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
The flake input to which <option>from></option> is to be rewritten.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The flake input to which {option}`from>` is to be rewritten.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
exact = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Whether the <option>from</option> reference needs to match exactly. If set,
|
||||
a <option>from</option> reference like <literal>nixpkgs</literal> does not
|
||||
match with a reference like <literal>nixpkgs/nixos-20.03</literal>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the {option}`from` reference needs to match exactly. If set,
|
||||
a {option}`from` reference like `nixpkgs` does not
|
||||
match with a reference like `nixpkgs/nixos-20.03`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}));
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
User level flake registry.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -163,13 +163,13 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.int;
|
||||
default = 2;
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = "The flake registry format version.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The flake registry format version.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
checkConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If enabled (the default), checks for data type mismatches and that Nix
|
||||
can parse the generated nix.conf.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -182,8 +182,7 @@ in {
|
|||
keep-outputs = true
|
||||
keep-derivations = true
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description =
|
||||
"Additional text appended to <filename>nix.conf</filename>.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Additional text appended to {file}`nix.conf`.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -48,29 +48,25 @@ in {
|
|||
default = null;
|
||||
example = { allowBroken = true; };
|
||||
type = types.nullOr configType;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The configuration of the Nix Packages collection. (For
|
||||
details, see the Nixpkgs documentation.) It allows you to set
|
||||
package configuration options.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
If <literal>null</literal>, then configuration is taken from
|
||||
If `null`, then configuration is taken from
|
||||
the fallback location, for example,
|
||||
<filename>~/.config/nixpkgs/config.nix</filename>.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
{file}`~/.config/nixpkgs/config.nix`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note, this option will not apply outside your Home Manager
|
||||
configuration like when installing manually through
|
||||
<command>nix-env</command>. If you want to apply it both
|
||||
{command}`nix-env`. If you want to apply it both
|
||||
inside and outside Home Manager you can put it in a separate
|
||||
file and include something like
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
```nix
|
||||
nixpkgs.config = import ./nixpkgs-config.nix;
|
||||
xdg.configFile."nixpkgs/config.nix".source = ./nixpkgs-config.nix;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
in your Home Manager configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -90,25 +86,21 @@ in {
|
|||
]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf overlayType);
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
List of overlays to use with the Nix Packages collection. (For
|
||||
details, see the Nixpkgs documentation.) It allows you to
|
||||
override packages globally. This is a function that takes as
|
||||
an argument the <emphasis>original</emphasis> Nixpkgs. The
|
||||
an argument the *original* Nixpkgs. The
|
||||
first argument should be used for finding dependencies, and
|
||||
the second should be used for overriding recipes.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
If <literal>null</literal>, then the overlays are taken from
|
||||
If `null`, then the overlays are taken from
|
||||
the fallback location, for example,
|
||||
<filename>~/.config/nixpkgs/overlays</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`~/.config/nixpkgs/overlays`.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Like <varname>nixpkgs.config</varname> this option only
|
||||
Like {var}`nixpkgs.config` this option only
|
||||
applies within the Home Manager configuration. See
|
||||
<varname>nixpkgs.config</varname> for a suggested setup that
|
||||
{var}`nixpkgs.config` for a suggested setup that
|
||||
works both internally and externally.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -117,7 +109,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
example = "i686-linux";
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Specifies the Nix platform type for which the user environment
|
||||
should be built. If unset, it defaults to the platform type of
|
||||
your host system. Specifying this option is useful when doing
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -9,7 +9,9 @@ let
|
|||
in {
|
||||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.evanjs ];
|
||||
|
||||
options = { xsession.numlock.enable = mkEnableOption "Num Lock"; };
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
xsession.numlock.enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Num Lock");
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
config = mkIf cfg.enable {
|
||||
assertions = [
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -14,14 +14,11 @@ in {
|
|||
default = { };
|
||||
type = types.attrs;
|
||||
example = { EDITOR = "vim"; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Environment variables that will be set for the PAM session.
|
||||
The variable values must be as described in
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>pam_env.conf</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
{manpage}`pam_env.conf(5)`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note, this option will become deprecated in the future and its use is
|
||||
therefore discouraged.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -37,9 +34,9 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
in listOf yubiKeyId;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
List of authorized YubiKey token IDs. Refer to
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://developers.yubico.com/yubico-pam"/>
|
||||
<https://developers.yubico.com/yubico-pam>
|
||||
for details on how to obtain the token ID of a YubiKey.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -47,9 +44,9 @@ in {
|
|||
path = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = ".yubico/authorized_yubikeys";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
File path to write the authorized YubiKeys,
|
||||
relative to <envar>HOME</envar>.
|
||||
relative to {env}`HOME`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
qt = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Qt 4, 5 and 6 configuration";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Qt 4, 5 and 6 configuration");
|
||||
|
||||
platformTheme = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.enum [ "gtk" "gnome" "qtct" "kde" ]);
|
||||
|
@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with types; nullOr (either package (listOf package));
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.adwaita-qt";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Theme package to be used in Qt5/Qt6 applications.
|
||||
Auto-detected from <option>qt.style.name</option> if possible.
|
||||
Auto-detected from {option}`qt.style.name` if possible.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
in extended.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
visible = "shallow";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Arbitrary Home Manager configuration settings.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the Home Manager module system is used as a submodule
|
||||
in, for example, NixOS or nix-darwin.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ with lib;
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
internal = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Whether the packages of <option>home.packages</option> are
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the packages of {option}`home.packages` are
|
||||
installed separately from the Home Manager activation script.
|
||||
In NixOS, for example, this may be accomplished by installing
|
||||
the packages through
|
||||
<option>users.users.‹name?›.packages</option>.
|
||||
{option}`users.users.‹name?›.packages`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,13 +13,10 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "L /home/user/Documents - - - - /mnt/data/Documents" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Rules for creating and cleaning up temporary files
|
||||
automatically. See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`tmpfiles.d(5)`
|
||||
for the exact format.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ in {
|
|||
"23.05"
|
||||
"23.11"
|
||||
];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
It is occasionally necessary for Home Manager to change
|
||||
configuration defaults in a way that is incompatible with
|
||||
stateful data. This could, for example, include switching the
|
||||
default data format or location of a file.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
The <emphasis>state version</emphasis> indicates which default
|
||||
|
||||
The *state version* indicates which default
|
||||
settings are in effect and will therefore help avoid breaking
|
||||
program configurations. Switching to a higher state version
|
||||
typically requires performing some manual steps, such as data
|
||||
|
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ in {
|
|||
optionalString (revision != null) "+${substring 0 8 revision}";
|
||||
in "${release}${suffix}";
|
||||
example = "22.11+213a0629";
|
||||
description = "The full Home Manager version.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The full Home Manager version.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
release = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = releaseInfo.release;
|
||||
example = "22.11";
|
||||
description = "The Home Manager release.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Home Manager release.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
isReleaseBranch = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ in {
|
|||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = releaseInfo.isReleaseBranch;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the Home Manager version is from a versioned
|
||||
release branch.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = let gitRepo = "${toString ./../..}/.git";
|
||||
in if pathIsGitRepo gitRepo then commitIdFromGitRepo gitRepo else null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The Git revision from which this Home Manager configuration was built.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -26,63 +26,65 @@ let
|
|||
# https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html#recognized-keys
|
||||
|
||||
type = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "The type of the desktop entry.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The type of the desktop entry.";
|
||||
default = "Application";
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "Application" "Link" "Directory" ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
exec = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "Program to execute, possibly with arguments.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Program to execute, possibly with arguments.";
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
icon = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "Icon to display in file manager, menus, etc.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Icon to display in file manager, menus, etc.";
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr (either str path);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
comment = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "Tooltip for the entry.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Tooltip for the entry.";
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
terminal = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "Whether the program runs in a terminal window.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Whether the program runs in a terminal window.";
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "Specific name of the application.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Specific name of the application.";
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
genericName = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "Generic name of the application.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Generic name of the application.";
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
mimeType = mkOption {
|
||||
description = "The MIME type(s) supported by this application.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The MIME type(s) supported by this application.";
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
categories = mkOption {
|
||||
description =
|
||||
"Categories in which the entry should be shown in a menu.";
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Categories in which the entry should be shown in a menu.";
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.listOf types.str);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
startupNotify = mkOption {
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If true, it is KNOWN that the application will send a "remove"
|
||||
message when started with the <literal>DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID</literal>
|
||||
message when started with the `DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID`
|
||||
environment variable set. If false, it is KNOWN that the application
|
||||
does not work with startup notification at all.'';
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
|
@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ let
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
noDisplay = mkOption {
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Means "this application exists, but don't display it in the menus".
|
||||
This can be useful to e.g. associate this application with MIME types.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ let
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
prefersNonDefaultGPU = mkOption {
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If true, the application prefers to be run on a more powerful discrete GPU if available.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
|
@ -108,8 +110,8 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.string;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra key-value pairs to add to the <literal>[Desktop Entry]</literal> section.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra key-value pairs to add to the `[Desktop Entry]` section.
|
||||
This may override other values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
|
@ -127,17 +129,19 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = name;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "<name>";
|
||||
description = "Name of the action.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Name of the action.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
options.exec = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = "Program to execute, possibly with arguments.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Program to execute, possibly with arguments.";
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
};
|
||||
options.icon = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr (either str path);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Icon to display in file manager, menus, etc.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Icon to display in file manager, menus, etc.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
}));
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
|
@ -149,7 +153,7 @@ let
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description =
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc
|
||||
"The set of actions made available to application launchers.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -180,12 +184,12 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.cwyc ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.xdg.desktopEntries = mkOption {
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Desktop Entries allow applications to be shown in your desktop environment's app launcher.
|
||||
|
||||
You can define entries for programs without entries or override existing entries.
|
||||
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html#recognized-keys" /> for more information on options.
|
||||
See <https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html#recognized-keys> for more information on options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf (types.submodule desktopEntry);
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -16,10 +16,9 @@ in {
|
|||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Whether to manage <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/mimeapps.list</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to manage {file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/mimeapps.list`.
|
||||
|
||||
The generated file is read-only.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ in {
|
|||
"mimetype2" = "foo4.desktop";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Defines additional associations of applications with
|
||||
mimetypes, as if the .desktop file was listing this mimetype
|
||||
in the first place.
|
||||
|
@ -47,9 +46,9 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.attrsOf strListOrSingleton;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
example = { "mimetype1" = "foo5.desktop"; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Removes associations of applications with mimetypes, as if the
|
||||
.desktop file was <emphasis>not</emphasis> listing this
|
||||
.desktop file was *not* listing this
|
||||
mimetype in the first place.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ in {
|
|||
"mimetype1" = [ "default1.desktop" "default2.desktop" ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The default application to be used for a given mimetype. This
|
||||
is, for instance, the one that will be started when
|
||||
double-clicking on a file in a file manager. If the
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ in {
|
|||
default = pkgs.stdenv.hostPlatform.isLinux;
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression "true if host platform is Linux, false otherwise";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to install programs and files to support the
|
||||
XDG Shared MIME-info specification and XDG MIME Applications
|
||||
specification at
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://specifications.freedesktop.org/shared-mime-info-spec/shared-mime-info-spec-latest.html"/>
|
||||
<https://specifications.freedesktop.org/shared-mime-info-spec/shared-mime-info-spec-latest.html>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://specifications.freedesktop.org/mime-apps-spec/mime-apps-spec-latest.html"/>,
|
||||
<https://specifications.freedesktop.org/mime-apps-spec/mime-apps-spec-latest.html>,
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''[ "/etc/xdg" ]'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Directory names to add to <envar>XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Directory names to add to {env}`XDG_CONFIG_DIRS`
|
||||
in the user session.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''[ "/usr/share" "/usr/local/share" ]'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Directory names to add to <envar>XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Directory names to add to {env}`XDG_DATA_DIRS`
|
||||
in the user session.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -21,10 +21,9 @@ in {
|
|||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Whether to manage <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/user-dirs.dirs</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to manage {file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/user-dirs.dirs`.
|
||||
|
||||
The generated file is read-only.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Desktop";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Desktop"'';
|
||||
description = "The Desktop directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Desktop directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
documents = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Documents";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Documents"'';
|
||||
description = "The Documents directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Documents directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
download = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -53,7 +52,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Downloads";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Downloads"'';
|
||||
description = "The Downloads directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Downloads directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
music = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Music";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Music"'';
|
||||
description = "The Music directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Music directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
pictures = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -69,7 +68,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Pictures";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Pictures"'';
|
||||
description = "The Pictures directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Pictures directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
publicShare = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -77,7 +76,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Public";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Public"'';
|
||||
description = "The Public share directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Public share directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
templates = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Templates";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Templates"'';
|
||||
description = "The Templates directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Templates directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
videos = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/Videos";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Videos"'';
|
||||
description = "The Videos directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Videos directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -105,11 +104,11 @@ in {
|
|||
XDG_MISC_DIR = "''${config.home.homeDirectory}/Misc";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = "Other user directories.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Other user directories.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
createDirectories =
|
||||
mkEnableOption "automatic creation of the XDG user directories";
|
||||
createDirectories = mkEnableOption
|
||||
(lib.mdDoc "automatic creation of the XDG user directories");
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
config = let
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.xdg = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "management of XDG base directories";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "management of XDG base directories");
|
||||
|
||||
cacheHome = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
defaultText = "~/.cache";
|
||||
apply = toString;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Absolute path to directory holding application caches.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ in {
|
|||
configFile = mkOption {
|
||||
type = fileType "xdg.configFile" "{var}`xdg.configHome`" cfg.configHome;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Attribute set of files to link into the user's XDG
|
||||
configuration home.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.path;
|
||||
defaultText = "~/.config";
|
||||
apply = toString;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Absolute path to directory holding application configurations.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type =
|
||||
fileType "xdg.dataFile" "<varname>xdg.dataHome</varname>" cfg.dataHome;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Attribute set of files to link into the user's XDG
|
||||
data home.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.path;
|
||||
defaultText = "~/.local/share";
|
||||
apply = toString;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Absolute path to directory holding application data.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.path;
|
||||
defaultText = "~/.local/state";
|
||||
apply = toString;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Absolute path to directory holding application states.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
type = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "int" "uint" "uint64" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
To distinguish between int, uint and uint64 in xfconf,
|
||||
you can specify the type in xfconf with this submodule.
|
||||
For other types, you don't need to use this submodule,
|
||||
|
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ let
|
|||
};
|
||||
value = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.int;
|
||||
description = "The value in xfconf.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The value in xfconf.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
visible = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Xfconf settings.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Note, if you use NixOS then you must add
|
||||
<literal>programs.xfconf.enable = true</literal>
|
||||
`programs.xfconf.enable = true`
|
||||
to your system configuration. Otherwise you will see a systemd error
|
||||
message when your configuration is activated.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Settings to write to the Xfconf configuration system.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.programs.abook = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Abook";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Abook");
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
|
@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ in {
|
|||
view CONTACT = name, email
|
||||
set autosave=true
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to <filename>$HOME/.config/abook/abookrc</filename>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to {file}`$HOME/.config/abook/abookrc`.
|
||||
Available configuration options are described in the abook repository:
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://sourceforge.net/p/abook/git/ci/master/tree/sample.abookrc" />.
|
||||
<https://sourceforge.net/p/abook/git/ci/master/tree/sample.abookrc>.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ let
|
|||
});
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = { token_endpoint = "<token_endpoint>"; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Sets the oauth2 params if authentication mechanism oauthbearer or
|
||||
xoauth2 is used.
|
||||
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aerc-imap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||||
See {manpage}`aerc-imap(5)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -50,16 +50,16 @@ in {
|
|||
type = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf (types.submodule {
|
||||
options.aerc = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "aerc";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "aerc");
|
||||
extraAccounts = mkOption {
|
||||
type = confSection;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
example =
|
||||
literalExpression ''{ source = "maildir://~/Maildir/example"; }'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra config added to the configuration section for this account in
|
||||
<filename>$HOME/.config/aerc/accounts.conf</filename>.
|
||||
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aerc-accounts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||||
{file}`$HOME/.config/aerc/accounts.conf`.
|
||||
See {manpage}`aerc-accounts(5)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ in {
|
|||
default = { };
|
||||
example = literalExpression
|
||||
''{ messages = { d = ":move ''${folder.trash}<Enter>"; }; }'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra bindings specific to this account, added to
|
||||
<filename>$HOME/.config/aerc/binds.conf</filename>.
|
||||
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aerc-binds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||||
{file}`$HOME/.config/aerc/binds.conf`.
|
||||
See {manpage}`aerc-binds(5)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ in {
|
|||
type = confSections;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
example = literalExpression "{ ui = { sidebar-width = 25; }; }";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Config specific to this account, added to <filename>$HOME/.config/aerc/aerc.conf</filename>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Config specific to this account, added to {file}`$HOME/.config/aerc/aerc.conf`.
|
||||
Aerc only supports per-account UI configuration.
|
||||
For other sections of <filename>$HOME/.config/aerc/aerc.conf</filename>,
|
||||
use <literal>programs.aerc.extraConfig</literal>.
|
||||
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aerc-config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||||
For other sections of {file}`$HOME/.config/aerc/aerc.conf`,
|
||||
use `programs.aerc.extraConfig`.
|
||||
See {manpage}`aerc-config(5)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with types; nullOr (enum [ "oauthbearer" "xoauth2" ]);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "auth";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Sets the authentication mechanism if imap is used as the incoming
|
||||
method.
|
||||
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aerc-imap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||||
See {manpage}`aerc-imap(5)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -106,10 +106,10 @@ in {
|
|||
nullOr (enum [ "none" "plain" "login" "oauthbearer" "xoauth2" ]);
|
||||
default = "plain";
|
||||
example = "auth";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Sets the authentication mechanism if smtp is used as the outgoing
|
||||
method.
|
||||
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>aerc-smtp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||||
See {manpage}`aerc-smtp(5)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options.programs.aerc = {
|
||||
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "aerc";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "aerc");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "aerc" { };
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.programs.afew = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "the afew initial tagging script for Notmuch";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "the afew initial tagging script for Notmuch");
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
|
@ -29,10 +30,10 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
[InboxFilter]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to afew configuration file. Available
|
||||
configuration options are described in the afew manual:
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://afew.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html" />.
|
||||
<https://afew.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html>.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ let
|
|||
in {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.alacritty = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Alacritty";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Alacritty");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.alacritty;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.alacritty";
|
||||
description = "The Alacritty package to install.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Alacritty package to install.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ in {
|
|||
];
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/alacritty/alacritty.yml</filename>. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/alacritty/alacritty/blob/master/alacritty.yml"/>
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/alacritty/alacritty.yml`. See
|
||||
<https://github.com/alacritty/alacritty/blob/master/alacritty.yml>
|
||||
for the default configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ with lib;
|
|||
options.alot = {
|
||||
sendMailCommand = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Command to send a mail. If msmtp is enabled for the account,
|
||||
then this is set to
|
||||
<command>msmtpq --read-envelope-from --read-recipients</command>.
|
||||
{command}`msmtpq --read-envelope-from --read-recipients`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ with lib;
|
|||
ignorecase = "True";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Contact completion configuration as expected per alot.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="http://alot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration/contacts_completion.html">alot's wiki</link> for
|
||||
See [alot's wiki](http://alot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration/contacts_completion.html) for
|
||||
explanation about possible values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra settings to add to this Alot account configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -25,20 +25,20 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
translated = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Fixed string representation for this tag. The tag can be
|
||||
hidden from view, if the key translated is set to
|
||||
<literal>""</literal>, the empty string.
|
||||
`""`, the empty string.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
translation = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A pair of strings that define a regular substitution to
|
||||
compute the string representation on the fly using
|
||||
<literal>re.sub</literal>.
|
||||
`re.sub`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -46,16 +46,16 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "'','', 'white','light red', 'white','#d66'";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
How to display the tag when unfocused.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://alot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration/theming.html#tagstring-formatting"/>.
|
||||
See <https://alot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration/theming.html#tagstring-formatting>.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
focus = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "How to display the tag when focused.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "How to display the tag when focused.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
example = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable the Alot mail user agent. Alot uses the
|
||||
Notmuch email system and will therefore be automatically
|
||||
enabled for each email account that is managed by Notmuch.
|
||||
|
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ in {
|
|||
hooks = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Content of the hooks file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -146,42 +146,42 @@ in {
|
|||
global = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Global keybindings.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Global keybindings.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bufferlist = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Bufferlist mode keybindings.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Bufferlist mode keybindings.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
search = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Search mode keybindings.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Search mode keybindings.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
envelope = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Envelope mode keybindings.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Envelope mode keybindings.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
taglist = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Taglist mode keybindings.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Taglist mode keybindings.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
thread = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Thread mode keybindings.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Thread mode keybindings.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Keybindings.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ in {
|
|||
tags = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf tagSubmodule;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "How to display the tags.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "How to display the tags.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ in {
|
|||
thread_indent_replies = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration options added to alot configuration file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ in {
|
|||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to alot configuration file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.hitsmaxft ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.zsh.antidote = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "antidote - a zsh plugin manager";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "antidote - a zsh plugin manager");
|
||||
|
||||
plugins = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "zsh-users/zsh-autosuggestions" ];
|
||||
description = "List of antidote plugins.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "List of antidote plugins.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
useFriendlyNames = mkEnableOption "friendly names";
|
||||
useFriendlyNames = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "friendly names");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "antidote" { };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -17,18 +17,15 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.justinlovinger ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.aria2 = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "aria2";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "aria2");
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; attrsOf (oneOf [ bool float int str ]);
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Options to add to <filename>aria2.conf</filename> file.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Options to add to {file}`aria2.conf` file.
|
||||
See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>aria2c</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`aria2c(1)`
|
||||
for options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
@ -45,8 +42,8 @@ in {
|
|||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to <filename>aria2.conf</filename> file.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to {file}`aria2.conf` file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ with lib;
|
|||
|
||||
{
|
||||
options.astroid = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Astroid";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Astroid");
|
||||
|
||||
sendMailCommand = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Command to send a mail. If msmtp is enabled for the account,
|
||||
then this is set to
|
||||
<command>msmtpq --read-envelope-from --read-recipients</command>.
|
||||
{command}`msmtpq --read-envelope-from --read-recipients`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ with lib;
|
|||
type = types.attrsOf types.anything;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
example = { select_query = ""; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra settings to add to this astroid account configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ let
|
|||
in {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.astroid = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Astroid";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Astroid");
|
||||
|
||||
pollScript = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = "mbsync gmail";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Script to run to fetch/update mails.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ in {
|
|||
poll.interval = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
JSON config that will override the default Astroid configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,31 +12,31 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.hawkw ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.atuin = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "atuin";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "atuin");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.atuin;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.atuin";
|
||||
description = "The package to use for atuin.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The package to use for atuin.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enableBashIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Atuin's Bash integration. This will bind
|
||||
<literal>ctrl-r</literal> to open the Atuin history.
|
||||
`ctrl-r` to open the Atuin history.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enableZshIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Atuin's Zsh integration.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
If enabled, this will bind <literal>ctrl-r</literal> and the up-arrow
|
||||
|
||||
If enabled, this will bind `ctrl-r` and the up-arrow
|
||||
key to open the Atuin history.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ in {
|
|||
enableFishIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Atuin's Fish integration.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
If enabled, this will bind the up-arrow key to open the Atuin history.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = [ ];
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
example = [ "--disable-up-arrow" "--disable-ctrl-r" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Flags to append to the shell hook.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ in {
|
|||
search_mode = "prefix";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/atuin/config.toml</filename>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://atuin.sh/docs/config/" /> for the full list
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/atuin/config.toml`.
|
||||
|
||||
See <https://atuin.sh/docs/config/> for the full list
|
||||
of options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableNushellIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Nushell integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.evanjs ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.autojump = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "autojump";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "autojump");
|
||||
|
||||
enableBashIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Bash integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableZshIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Zsh integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableFishIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Fish integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -26,22 +26,22 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
fingerprint = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Output name to EDID mapping.
|
||||
Use <literal>autorandr --fingerprint</literal> to get current setup values.
|
||||
Use `autorandr --fingerprint` to get current setup values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
config = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf configModule;
|
||||
description = "Per output profile configuration.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Per output profile configuration.";
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
hooks = mkOption {
|
||||
type = profileHooksModule;
|
||||
description = "Profile hook scripts.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Profile hook scripts.";
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -51,54 +51,54 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Whether to enable the output.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether to enable the output.";
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
crtc = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.ints.unsigned;
|
||||
description = "Output video display controller.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output video display controller.";
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
primary = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Whether output should be marked as primary";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether output should be marked as primary";
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
position = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "Output position";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output position";
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = "5760x0";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
mode = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "Output resolution.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output resolution.";
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = "3840x2160";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
rate = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "Output framerate.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output framerate.";
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = "60.00";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gamma = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "Output gamma configuration.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output gamma configuration.";
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = "1.0:0.909:0.833";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
rotate = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.enum [ "normal" "left" "right" "inverted" ]);
|
||||
description = "Output rotate configuration.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output rotate configuration.";
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "left";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -113,19 +113,16 @@ let
|
|||
[ 0.0 0.0 1.0 ]
|
||||
]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`xrandr(1)`
|
||||
for the documentation of the transform matrix.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
dpi = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.ints.positive;
|
||||
description = "Output DPI configuration.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output DPI configuration.";
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = 96;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -135,36 +132,33 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
method = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "factor" "pixel" ];
|
||||
description = "Output scaling method.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Output scaling method.";
|
||||
default = "factor";
|
||||
example = "pixel";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
x = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.either types.float types.ints.positive;
|
||||
description = "Horizontal scaling factor/pixels.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Horizontal scaling factor/pixels.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
y = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.either types.float types.ints.positive;
|
||||
description = "Vertical scaling factor/pixels.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Vertical scaling factor/pixels.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Output scale configuration.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Either configure by pixels or a scaling factor. When using pixel method the
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`xrandr(1)`
|
||||
option
|
||||
<literal>--scale-from</literal>
|
||||
`--scale-from`
|
||||
will be used; when using factor method the option
|
||||
<literal>--scale</literal>
|
||||
`--scale`
|
||||
will be used.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
This option is a shortcut version of the transform option and they are mutually
|
||||
exclusive.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -179,7 +173,8 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
filter = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.enum [ "bilinear" "nearest" ]);
|
||||
description = "Interpolation method to be used for scaling the output.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Interpolation method to be used for scaling the output.";
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "nearest";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -192,19 +187,19 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
postswitch = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf hookType;
|
||||
description = "Postswitch hook executed after mode switch.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Postswitch hook executed after mode switch.";
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
preswitch = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf hookType;
|
||||
description = "Preswitch hook executed before mode switch.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Preswitch hook executed before mode switch.";
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
predetect = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf hookType;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Predetect hook executed before autorandr attempts to run xrandr.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
|
@ -216,19 +211,19 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
postswitch = mkOption {
|
||||
type = hookType;
|
||||
description = "Postswitch hook executed after mode switch.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Postswitch hook executed after mode switch.";
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
preswitch = mkOption {
|
||||
type = hookType;
|
||||
description = "Preswitch hook executed before mode switch.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Preswitch hook executed before mode switch.";
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
predetect = mkOption {
|
||||
type = hookType;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Predetect hook executed before autorandr attempts to run xrandr.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
|
@ -282,11 +277,11 @@ let
|
|||
in {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.autorandr = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Autorandr";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Autorandr");
|
||||
|
||||
hooks = mkOption {
|
||||
type = globalHooksModule;
|
||||
description = "Global hook scripts";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Global hook scripts";
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -318,7 +313,7 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
profiles = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf profileModule;
|
||||
description = "Autorandr profiles specification.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Autorandr profiles specification.";
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -27,25 +27,23 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.bash = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "GNU Bourne-Again SHell";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "GNU Bourne-Again SHell");
|
||||
|
||||
enableCompletion = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Bash completion for all interactive Bash shells.
|
||||
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Note, if you use NixOS or nix-darwin and do not have Bash completion
|
||||
enabled in the system configuration, then make sure to add
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
```nix
|
||||
environment.pathsToLink = [ "/share/bash-completion" ];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
to your system configuration to get completion for system packages.
|
||||
Note, the legacy <filename>/etc/bash_completion.d</filename> path is
|
||||
Note, the legacy {file}`/etc/bash_completion.d` path is
|
||||
not supported by Home Manager.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -53,33 +51,34 @@ in {
|
|||
historySize = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.int;
|
||||
default = 10000;
|
||||
description = "Number of history lines to keep in memory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Number of history lines to keep in memory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
historyFile = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Location of the bash history file.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Location of the bash history file.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
historyFileSize = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.int;
|
||||
default = 100000;
|
||||
description = "Number of history lines to keep on file.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Number of history lines to keep on file.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
historyControl = mkOption {
|
||||
type =
|
||||
types.listOf (types.enum [ "erasedups" "ignoredups" "ignorespace" ]);
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "Controlling how commands are saved on the history list.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Controlling how commands are saved on the history list.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
historyIgnore = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "ls" "cd" "exit" ];
|
||||
description =
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc
|
||||
"List of commands that should not be saved to the history list.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -101,9 +100,9 @@ in {
|
|||
"checkjobs"
|
||||
];
|
||||
example = [ "extglob" "-cdspell" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Shell options to set. Prefix an option with
|
||||
"<literal>-</literal>" to unset.
|
||||
"`-`" to unset.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = { };
|
||||
type = types.attrs;
|
||||
example = { MAILCHECK = 30; };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Environment variables that will be set for the Bash session.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -125,7 +124,7 @@ in {
|
|||
".." = "cd ..";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
An attribute set that maps aliases (the top level attribute names in
|
||||
this option) to command strings or directly to build outputs.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -134,7 +133,7 @@ in {
|
|||
profileExtra = mkOption {
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra commands that should be run when initializing a login
|
||||
shell.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -143,7 +142,7 @@ in {
|
|||
initExtra = mkOption {
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra commands that should be run when initializing an
|
||||
interactive shell.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -152,8 +151,8 @@ in {
|
|||
bashrcExtra = mkOption {
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra commands that should be placed in <filename>~/.bashrc</filename>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra commands that should be placed in {file}`~/.bashrc`.
|
||||
Note that these commands will be run even in non-interactive shells.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -161,7 +160,7 @@ in {
|
|||
logoutExtra = mkOption {
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra commands that should be run when logging out of an
|
||||
interactive shell.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,15 +10,15 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.AndersonTorres ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.bashmount = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "bashmount";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "bashmount");
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/bashmount/config</filename>. Look at
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/jamielinux/bashmount/blob/master/bashmount.conf" />
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/bashmount/config`. Look at
|
||||
<https://github.com/jamielinux/bashmount/blob/master/bashmount.conf>
|
||||
for explanation about possible values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.bat = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "bat, a cat clone with wings";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "bat, a cat clone with wings");
|
||||
|
||||
config = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; attrsOf (either str (listOf str));
|
||||
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ in {
|
|||
pager = "less -FR";
|
||||
map-syntax = [ "*.jenkinsfile:Groovy" "*.props:Java Properties" ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Bat configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = literalExpression
|
||||
"with pkgs.bat-extras; [ batdiff batman batgrep batwatch ];";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Additional bat packages to install.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ in {
|
|||
} + "/Dracula.tmTheme");
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Additional themes to provide.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ in {
|
|||
else
|
||||
cfg.settings != { };
|
||||
defaultText = "false";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable the beets music library manager. This
|
||||
defaults to <literal>false</literal> for state
|
||||
defaults to `false` for state
|
||||
version ≥ 19.03. For earlier versions beets is enabled if
|
||||
<option>programs.beets.settings</option> is non-empty.
|
||||
{option}`programs.beets.settings` is non-empty.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ in {
|
|||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.beets";
|
||||
example =
|
||||
literalExpression "(pkgs.beets.override { enableCheck = true; })";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
The <literal>beets</literal> package to use.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The `beets` package to use.
|
||||
Can be used to specify extensions.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -43,22 +43,22 @@ in {
|
|||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = yamlFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/beets/config.yaml</filename>
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/beets/config.yaml`
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
mpdIntegration = {
|
||||
enableStats = mkEnableOption "mpdstats plugin and service";
|
||||
enableStats = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "mpdstats plugin and service");
|
||||
|
||||
enableUpdate = mkEnableOption "mpdupdate plugin";
|
||||
enableUpdate = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "mpdupdate plugin");
|
||||
|
||||
host = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "localhost";
|
||||
example = "10.0.0.42";
|
||||
description = "The host that mpdstats will connect to.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The host that mpdstats will connect to.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
port = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ in {
|
|||
default = config.services.mpd.network.port;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "config.services.mpd.network.port";
|
||||
example = 6601;
|
||||
description = "The port that mpdstats will connect to.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The port that mpdstats will connect to.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ let
|
|||
mkRetentionOption = frequency:
|
||||
mkNullableOption {
|
||||
type = types.int;
|
||||
description =
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc
|
||||
"Number of ${frequency} archives to keep. Use -1 for no limit.";
|
||||
example = 3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -24,20 +24,20 @@ let
|
|||
extraConfigOption = mkOption {
|
||||
type = yamlFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Extra settings.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Extra settings.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
consistencyCheckModule = types.submodule {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "repository" "archives" "data" "extract" ];
|
||||
description = "Name of consistency check to run.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Name of consistency check to run.";
|
||||
example = "repository";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
frequency = mkNullableOption {
|
||||
type = types.strMatching "([[:digit:]]+ .*)|always";
|
||||
description = "Frequency of this type of check";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Frequency of this type of check";
|
||||
example = "2 weeks";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -51,20 +51,20 @@ let
|
|||
location = {
|
||||
sourceDirectories = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
description = "Directories to backup.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Directories to backup.";
|
||||
example = literalExpression "[config.home.homeDirectory]";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
repositories = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
description = "Paths to repositories.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Paths to repositories.";
|
||||
example =
|
||||
literalExpression ''["ssh://myuser@myrepo.myserver.com/./repo"]'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
excludeHomeManagerSymlinks = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to exclude Home Manager generated symbolic links from
|
||||
the backups. This facilitates restoring the whole home
|
||||
directory when the Nix store doesn't contain the latest
|
||||
|
@ -80,7 +80,8 @@ let
|
|||
storage = {
|
||||
encryptionPasscommand = mkNullableOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "Command writing the passphrase to standard output.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Command writing the passphrase to standard output.";
|
||||
example =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${pkgs.password-store}/bin/pass borg-repo"'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -90,7 +91,8 @@ let
|
|||
retention = {
|
||||
keepWithin = mkNullableOption {
|
||||
type = types.strMatching "[[:digit:]]+[Hdwmy]";
|
||||
description = "Keep all archives within this time interval.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Keep all archives within this time interval.";
|
||||
example = "2d";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -109,7 +111,7 @@ let
|
|||
checks = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf consistencyCheckModule;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "Consistency checks to run";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Consistency checks to run";
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
[
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -180,13 +182,13 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.borgmatic = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Borgmatic";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Borgmatic");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "borgmatic" { };
|
||||
|
||||
backups = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf configModule;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Borgmatic allows for several named backup configurations,
|
||||
each with its own source directories and repositories.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,25 +11,25 @@ let
|
|||
in {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.bottom = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption ''
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
bottom, a cross-platform graphical process/system monitor with a
|
||||
customizable interface'';
|
||||
customizable interface'');
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.bottom;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.bottom";
|
||||
description = "Package providing <command>bottom</command>.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package providing {command}`bottom`.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = tomlFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/bottom/bottom.toml</filename>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://github.com/ClementTsang/bottom/blob/master/sample_configs/default_config.toml"/>
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/bottom/bottom.toml`.
|
||||
|
||||
See <https://github.com/ClementTsang/bottom/blob/master/sample_configs/default_config.toml>
|
||||
for the default configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Unique identifier of the boxxy rule. This can be any single-line string.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = "~/.ssh";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
What directory/file to redirect.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''"''${config.xdg.configHome}/ssh"'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Where that file/directory should be rewritten to.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ let
|
|||
mode = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "file" "directory" ];
|
||||
default = "directory";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Does the current path redirect a file or a directory?
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ let
|
|||
"/usr/bin/sh"
|
||||
]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Apply redirection ONLY to specified executable names.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "/home/example/Projects/my-project" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Apply redirection ONLY when in a certain directory.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ let
|
|||
MY_ENV_VAR = "my_env_var_value";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Give certain environment variables for said match.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -82,14 +82,15 @@ let
|
|||
};
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.programs.boxxy = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "boxxy: Boxes in badly behaving applications";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "boxxy: Boxes in badly behaving applications");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "boxxy" { };
|
||||
|
||||
rules = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf boxxyRulesOpts;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "List of boxxy rules";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "List of boxxy rules";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ let
|
|||
freeformType = tomlFormat.type;
|
||||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
modal = mkEnableOption "modal (vim) mode";
|
||||
modal = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "modal (vim) mode");
|
||||
|
||||
verbs = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; listOf (attrsOf (either bool str));
|
||||
|
@ -149,12 +149,13 @@ in {
|
|||
];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.broot = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Broot, a better way to navigate directories";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Broot, a better way to navigate directories");
|
||||
|
||||
enableBashIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Bash integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableZshIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Zsh integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableFishIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Fish integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -179,13 +180,13 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.broot;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.broot";
|
||||
description = "Package providing broot";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package providing broot";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.submodule settingsModule;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Verbatim config entries";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Verbatim config entries";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,13 +8,14 @@ let
|
|||
in {
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.browserpass = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "the browserpass extension host application";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "the browserpass extension host application");
|
||||
|
||||
browsers = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf (types.enum browsers);
|
||||
default = browsers;
|
||||
example = [ "firefox" ];
|
||||
description = "Which browsers to install browserpass for";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Which browsers to install browserpass for";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.GaetanLepage ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.btop = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "btop";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "btop");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "btop" { };
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ in {
|
|||
color_theme = "Default";
|
||||
theme_background = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Options to add to <filename>btop.conf</filename> file.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://github.com/aristocratos/btop#configurability"/>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Options to add to {file}`btop.conf` file.
|
||||
See <https://github.com/aristocratos/btop#configurability>
|
||||
for options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ in {
|
|||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to the <filename>btop.conf</filename> file.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to the {file}`btop.conf` file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
example = true;
|
||||
description = "Whether to enable ${name}.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether to enable ${name}.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = defaultPkg;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.${browser}";
|
||||
description = "The ${name} package to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The ${name} package to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
commandLineArgs = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "--enable-logging=stderr" "--ignore-gpu-blocklist" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
List of command-line arguments to be passed to ${name}.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
For a list of common switches, see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromium/src/+/refs/heads/main/chrome/common/chrome_switches.cc">Chrome switches</link>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
[Chrome switches](https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromium/src/+/refs/heads/main/chrome/common/chrome_switches.cc).
|
||||
|
||||
To search switches for other components, see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://source.chromium.org/search?q=file:switches.cc&ss=chromium%2Fchromium%2Fsrc">Chromium codesearch</link>.
|
||||
[Chromium codesearch](https://source.chromium.org/search?q=file:switches.cc&ss=chromium%2Fchromium%2Fsrc).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
} // optionalAttrs (!isProprietaryChrome) {
|
||||
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
id = mkOption {
|
||||
type = strMatching "[a-zA-Z]{32}";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The extension's ID from the Chrome Web Store url or the unpacked crx.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
updateUrl = mkOption {
|
||||
type = str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
URL of the extension's update manifest XML file. Linux only.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = "https://clients2.google.com/service/update2/crx";
|
||||
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
crxPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr path;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Path to the extension's crx file. Linux only.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
|
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
version = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The extension's version, required for local installation. Linux only.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
|
@ -111,16 +111,16 @@ let
|
|||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
List of ${name} extensions to install.
|
||||
To find the extension ID, check its URL on the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://chrome.google.com/webstore/category/extensions">Chrome Web Store</link>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
[Chrome Web Store](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/category/extensions).
|
||||
|
||||
To install extensions outside of the Chrome Web Store set
|
||||
<literal>updateUrl</literal> or <literal>crxPath</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>version</literal> as explained in the
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://developer.chrome.com/docs/extensions/mv2/external_extensions">Chrome
|
||||
documentation</link>.
|
||||
`updateUrl` or `crxPath` and
|
||||
`version` as explained in the
|
||||
[Chrome
|
||||
documentation](https://developer.chrome.com/docs/extensions/mv2/external_extensions).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -31,13 +31,14 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.programs.command-not-found = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "command-not-found hook for interactive shell";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "command-not-found hook for interactive shell");
|
||||
|
||||
dbPath = mkOption {
|
||||
default =
|
||||
"/nix/var/nix/profiles/per-user/root/channels/nixos/programs.sqlite";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Absolute path to <filename>programs.sqlite</filename>. By
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Absolute path to {file}`programs.sqlite`. By
|
||||
default this file will be provided by your channel
|
||||
(nixexprs.tar.xz).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,16 +8,17 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = with lib.hm.maintainers; [ soywod ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.comodoro = {
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption "Comodoro, a CLI to manage your time";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
lib.mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Comodoro, a CLI to manage your time");
|
||||
|
||||
package = lib.mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "comodoro" { };
|
||||
|
||||
settings = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
type = lib.types.submodule { freeformType = tomlFormat.type; };
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Comodoro configuration.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://pimalaya.org/comodoro/cli/configuration/"/> for supported values.
|
||||
See <https://pimalaya.org/comodoro/cli/configuration/> for supported values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.darcs = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "darcs";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "darcs");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOption pkgs "darcs" { };
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "Fred Bloggs <fred@example.net>" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If this list has a single entry, it will be used as the author
|
||||
when you record a patch. If there are multiple entries, Darcs
|
||||
will prompt you to choose one of them.
|
||||
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "^.idea$" ".iml$" "^.stack-work$" ];
|
||||
description = "File patterns to ignore";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "File patterns to ignore";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,16 +13,16 @@ in {
|
|||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Whether to manage <filename>.dir_colors</filename>
|
||||
and set <literal>LS_COLORS</literal>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to manage {file}`.dir_colors`
|
||||
and set `LS_COLORS`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enableBashIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Bash integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableFishIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Fish integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableZshIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Zsh integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ in {
|
|||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; attrsOf str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Options to add to <filename>.dir_colors</filename> file.
|
||||
See <command>dircolors --print-database</command>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Options to add to {file}`.dir_colors` file.
|
||||
See {command}`dircolors --print-database`
|
||||
for options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ in {
|
|||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to <filename>.dir_colors</filename> file.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra lines added to {file}`.dir_colors` file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -22,20 +22,17 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.rycee ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.direnv = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "direnv, the environment switcher";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "direnv, the environment switcher");
|
||||
|
||||
config = mkOption {
|
||||
type = tomlFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/direnv/direnv.toml</filename>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/direnv/direnv.toml`.
|
||||
|
||||
See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>direnv.toml</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
{manpage}`direnv.toml(1)`.
|
||||
for the full list of options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -43,16 +40,16 @@ in {
|
|||
stdlib = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Custom stdlib written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/direnv/direnvrc</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/direnv/direnvrc`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enableBashIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Bash integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -60,7 +57,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableZshIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Zsh integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -69,13 +66,13 @@ in {
|
|||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Fish integration. Note, enabling the direnv module
|
||||
will always active its functionality for Fish since the direnv package
|
||||
automatically gets loaded in Fish. If this is not the case try adding
|
||||
<programlisting language="nix">
|
||||
```nix
|
||||
environment.pathsToLink = [ "/share/fish" ];
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
```
|
||||
to the system configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -83,7 +80,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableNushellIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Nushell integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ in {
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
programs.discocss = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption
|
||||
"discocss, a tiny Discord CSS injector for Linux and MacOS";
|
||||
(lib.mdDoc "discocss, a tiny Discord CSS injector for Linux and MacOS");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "discocss" { };
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ in {
|
|||
discordAlias = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = "Whether to alias discocss to discord.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether to alias discocss to discord.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
css = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = "The custom CSS for discocss to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The custom CSS for discocss to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.eclipse = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Eclipse";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Eclipse");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.eclipses.eclipse-platform;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.eclipses.eclipse-platform";
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.eclipses.eclipse-java";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The Eclipse package to install.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
example = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable the Lombok Java Agent in Eclipse. This is
|
||||
necessary to use the Lombok class annotations.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ in {
|
|||
jvmArgs = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "JVM arguments to use for the Eclipse process.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "JVM arguments to use for the Eclipse process.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
plugins = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.package;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "Plugins that should be added to Eclipse.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Plugins that should be added to Eclipse.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.emacs = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Emacs";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Emacs");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.emacs;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.emacs";
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.emacs25-nox";
|
||||
description = "The Emacs package to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Emacs package to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# NOTE: The config is placed in default.el instead of ~/.emacs.d so that
|
||||
|
@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ in {
|
|||
example = ''
|
||||
(setq standard-indent 2)
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration to include in the Emacs default init file. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/elisp/Init-File.html"/>
|
||||
<https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/elisp/Init-File.html>
|
||||
for more.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
Note, the <literal>inhibit-startup-message</literal> Emacs option
|
||||
|
||||
Note, the `inhibit-startup-message` Emacs option
|
||||
cannot be set here since Emacs disallows setting it from the default
|
||||
initialization file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ in {
|
|||
type = hm.types.selectorFunction;
|
||||
defaultText = "epkgs: []";
|
||||
example = literalExpression "epkgs: [ epkgs.emms epkgs.magit ]";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra packages available to Emacs. To get a list of
|
||||
available packages run:
|
||||
<command>nix-env -f '<nixpkgs>' -qaP -A emacsPackages</command>.
|
||||
{command}`nix-env -f '<nixpkgs>' -qaP -A emacsPackages`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ in {
|
|||
# ...
|
||||
};
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Allows overriding packages within the Emacs package set.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.package;
|
||||
visible = false;
|
||||
readOnly = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The Emacs package including any overrides and extra packages.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.mainrs ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.eww = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "eww";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "eww");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.eww;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.eww";
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.eww";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The eww package to install.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ in {
|
|||
configDir = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
example = literalExpression "./eww-config-dir";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The directory that gets symlinked to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/eww</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/eww`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ with lib;
|
|||
|
||||
options.programs.exa = {
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption "exa, a modern replacement for <command>ls</command>";
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "exa, a modern replacement for {command}`ls`");
|
||||
|
||||
enableAliases = mkEnableOption "recommended exa aliases (ls, ll…)";
|
||||
enableAliases =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "recommended exa aliases (ls, ll…)");
|
||||
|
||||
extraOptions = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "--group-directories-first" "--header" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra command line options passed to exa.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -23,16 +24,16 @@ with lib;
|
|||
icons = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Display icons next to file names (<option>--icons</option> argument).
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Display icons next to file names ({option}`--icons` argument).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
git = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
List each file's Git status if tracked or ignored (<option>--git</option> argument).
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
List each file's Git status if tracked or ignored ({option}`--git` argument).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.programs.feh = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "feh - a fast and light image viewer";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "feh - a fast and light image viewer");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "feh" { };
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ in {
|
|||
zoom_out = "C-4";
|
||||
prev_img = [ 3 "C-3" ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Override feh's default mouse button mapping. If you want to disable an
|
||||
action, set its value to null. If you want to bind multiple buttons to
|
||||
an action, set its value to a list.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://man.finalrewind.org/1/feh/#x425554544f4e53"/> for
|
||||
See <https://man.finalrewind.org/1/feh/#x425554544f4e53> for
|
||||
default bindings and available commands.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ in {
|
|||
zoom_out = "minus";
|
||||
prev_img = [ "h" "Left" ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Override feh's default keybindings. If you want to disable a keybinding
|
||||
set its value to null. If you want to bind multiple keys to an action,
|
||||
set its value to a list.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://man.finalrewind.org/1/feh/#x4b455953"/> for
|
||||
See <https://man.finalrewind.org/1/feh/#x4b455953> for
|
||||
default bindings and available commands.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.firefox = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Firefox";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Firefox");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
|
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The Firefox package to use. If state version ≥ 19.09 then
|
||||
this should be a wrapped Firefox package. For earlier state
|
||||
versions it should be an unwrapped Firefox package.
|
||||
|
@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ in {
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = name;
|
||||
description = "Profile name.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Profile name.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
id = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.ints.unsigned;
|
||||
default = 0;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Profile ID. This should be set to a unique number per profile.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ in {
|
|||
}];
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Attribute set of Firefox preferences.
|
||||
|
||||
Firefox only supports int, bool, and string types for
|
||||
|
@ -210,15 +210,15 @@ in {
|
|||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra preferences to add to <filename>user.js</filename>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra preferences to add to {file}`user.js`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
userChrome = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = "Custom Firefox user chrome CSS.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Custom Firefox user chrome CSS.";
|
||||
example = ''
|
||||
/* Hide tab bar in FF Quantum */
|
||||
@-moz-document url("chrome://browser/content/browser.xul") {
|
||||
|
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ in {
|
|||
userContent = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = "Custom Firefox user content CSS.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Custom Firefox user content CSS.";
|
||||
example = ''
|
||||
/* Hide scrollbar in FF Quantum */
|
||||
*{scrollbar-width:none !important}
|
||||
|
@ -251,24 +251,25 @@ in {
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = name;
|
||||
description = "Bookmark name.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Bookmark name.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
tags = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "Bookmark tags.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Bookmark tags.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
keyword = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Bookmark search keyword.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Bookmark search keyword.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
url = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "Bookmark url, use %s for search terms.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Bookmark url, use %s for search terms.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}) // {
|
||||
|
@ -282,19 +283,20 @@ in {
|
|||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = name;
|
||||
description = "Directory name.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Directory name.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bookmarks = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf nodeType;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = "Bookmarks within directory.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Bookmarks within directory.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
toolbar = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "If directory should be shown in toolbar.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "If directory should be shown in toolbar.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
}) // {
|
||||
|
@ -334,7 +336,7 @@ in {
|
|||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Preloaded bookmarks. Note, this may silently overwrite any
|
||||
previously existing bookmarks!
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -343,21 +345,21 @@ in {
|
|||
path = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = name;
|
||||
description = "Profile path.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Profile path.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
isDefault = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = config.id == 0;
|
||||
defaultText = "true if profile ID is 0";
|
||||
description = "Whether this is a default profile.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether this is a default profile.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
search = {
|
||||
force = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to force replace the existing search
|
||||
configuration. This is recommended since Firefox will
|
||||
replace the symlink for the search configuration on every
|
||||
|
@ -370,7 +372,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "DuckDuckGo";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The default search engine used in the address bar and search bar.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -379,7 +381,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with types; uniq (listOf str);
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "DuckDuckGo" "Google" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The order the search engines are listed in. Any engines
|
||||
that aren't included in this list will be listed after
|
||||
these in an unspecified order.
|
||||
|
@ -415,19 +417,18 @@ in {
|
|||
"Google".metaData.alias = "@g"; # builtin engines only support specifying one additional alias
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Attribute set of search engine configurations. Engines
|
||||
that only have <varname>metaData</varname> specified will
|
||||
that only have {var}`metaData` specified will
|
||||
be treated as builtin to Firefox.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
See <link xlink:href=
|
||||
"https://searchfox.org/mozilla-central/rev/669329e284f8e8e2bb28090617192ca9b4ef3380/toolkit/components/search/SearchEngine.jsm#1138-1177">SearchEngine.jsm</link>
|
||||
|
||||
See [SearchEngine.jsm](https://searchfox.org/mozilla-central/rev/669329e284f8e8e2bb28090617192ca9b4ef3380/toolkit/components/search/SearchEngine.jsm#1138-1177)
|
||||
in Firefox's source for available options. We maintain a
|
||||
mapping to let you specify all options in the referenced
|
||||
link without underscores, but it may fall out of date with
|
||||
future options.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
Note, <varname>icon</varname> is also a special option
|
||||
|
||||
Note, {var}`icon` is also a special option
|
||||
added by Home Manager to make it convenient to specify
|
||||
absolute icon paths.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -462,17 +463,17 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}));
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = "Attribute set of Firefox profiles.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Attribute set of Firefox profiles.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enableGnomeExtensions = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable the GNOME Shell native host connector. Note, you
|
||||
also need to set the NixOS option
|
||||
<literal>services.gnome.gnome-browser-connector.enable</literal> to
|
||||
<literal>true</literal>.
|
||||
`services.gnome.gnome-browser-connector.enable` to
|
||||
`true`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,19 +10,19 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
src = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Path to the plugin folder.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
Relevant pieces will be added to the fish function path and
|
||||
the completion path. The <filename>init.fish</filename> and
|
||||
<filename>key_binding.fish</filename> files are sourced if
|
||||
the completion path. The {file}`init.fish` and
|
||||
{file}`key_binding.fish` files are sourced if
|
||||
they exist.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
name = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The name of the plugin.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
body = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The function body.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ let
|
|||
argumentNames = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr (either str (listOf str));
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Assigns the value of successive command line arguments to the names
|
||||
given.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ let
|
|||
description = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A description of what the function does, suitable as a completion
|
||||
description.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ let
|
|||
wraps = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Causes the function to inherit completions from the given wrapped
|
||||
command.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ let
|
|||
onEvent = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Tells fish to run this function when the specified named event is
|
||||
emitted. Fish internally generates named events e.g. when showing the
|
||||
prompt.
|
||||
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ let
|
|||
onVariable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Tells fish to run this function when the specified variable changes
|
||||
value.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ let
|
|||
onJobExit = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr (either str int);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Tells fish to run this function when the job with the specified group
|
||||
ID exits. Instead of a PID, the stringer <literal>caller</literal> can
|
||||
ID exits. Instead of a PID, the stringer `caller` can
|
||||
be specified. This is only legal when in a command substitution, and
|
||||
will result in the handler being triggered by the exit of the job
|
||||
which created this command substitution.
|
||||
|
@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ let
|
|||
type = with types; nullOr (either str int);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "$fish_pid";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Tells fish to run this function when the fish child process with the
|
||||
specified process ID exits. Instead of a PID, for backwards
|
||||
compatibility, <literal>%self</literal> can be specified as an alias
|
||||
for <literal>$fish_pid</literal>, and the function will be run when
|
||||
compatibility, `%self` can be specified as an alias
|
||||
for `$fish_pid`, and the function will be run when
|
||||
the current fish instance exits.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = with types; nullOr (either str int);
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = [ "SIGHUP" "HUP" 1 ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Tells fish to run this function when the specified signal is
|
||||
delievered. The signal can be a signal number or signal name.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ let
|
|||
noScopeShadowing = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Allows the function to access the variables of calling functions.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ let
|
|||
inheritVariable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Snapshots the value of the specified variable and defines a local
|
||||
variable with that same name and value when the function is defined.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -172,13 +172,14 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.fish = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "fish, the friendly interactive shell";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "fish, the friendly interactive shell");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.fish;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.fish";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The fish package to install. May be used to change the version.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ in {
|
|||
"..." = "cd ../..";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
An attribute set that maps aliases (the top level attribute names
|
||||
in this option) to command strings or directly to build outputs.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -205,7 +206,7 @@ in {
|
|||
l = "less";
|
||||
gco = "git checkout";
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
An attribute set that maps aliases (the top level attribute names
|
||||
in this option) to abbreviations. Abbreviations are expanded with
|
||||
the longer phrase after they are entered.
|
||||
|
@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ in {
|
|||
shellInit = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Shell script code called during fish shell
|
||||
initialisation.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -224,7 +225,7 @@ in {
|
|||
loginShellInit = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Shell script code called during fish login shell
|
||||
initialisation.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ in {
|
|||
interactiveShellInit = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.lines;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Shell script code called during interactive fish shell
|
||||
initialisation.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -268,9 +269,9 @@ in {
|
|||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The plugins to source in
|
||||
<filename>conf.d/99plugins.fish</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`conf.d/99plugins.fish`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -287,9 +288,9 @@ in {
|
|||
gitignore = "curl -sL https://www.gitignore.io/api/$argv";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Basic functions to add to fish. For more information see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://fishshell.com/docs/current/cmds/function.html"/>.
|
||||
<https://fishshell.com/docs/current/cmds/function.html>.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,24 +11,23 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ plabadens ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.foot = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Foot terminal";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Foot terminal");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.foot;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.foot";
|
||||
description = "The foot package to install";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The foot package to install";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
server.enable = mkEnableOption "Foot terminal server";
|
||||
server.enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Foot terminal server");
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = iniFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/foot/foot.ini</filename>. See <link
|
||||
xlink:href="https://codeberg.org/dnkl/foot/src/branch/master/foot.ini"/>
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/foot/foot.ini`. See <https://codeberg.org/dnkl/foot/src/branch/master/foot.ini>
|
||||
for a list of available options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ lib.maintainers.Scrumplex ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.fuzzel = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "fuzzel";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "fuzzel");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "fuzzel" { };
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -29,11 +29,10 @@ in {
|
|||
colors.background = "ffffffff";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration for fuzzel written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/fuzzel/fuzzel.ini</filename>. See
|
||||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fuzzel.ini</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of available options.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/fuzzel/fuzzel.ini`. See
|
||||
{manpage}`fuzzel.ini(5)` for a list of available options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -17,20 +17,20 @@ in {
|
|||
];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.fzf = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "fzf - a command-line fuzzy finder";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "fzf - a command-line fuzzy finder");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.fzf;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.fzf";
|
||||
description = "Package providing the <command>fzf</command> tool.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package providing the {command}`fzf` tool.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
defaultCommand = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "fd --type f";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The command that gets executed as the default source for fzf
|
||||
when running.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "--height 40%" "--border" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra command line options given to fzf by default.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "fd --type f";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The command that gets executed as the source for fzf for the
|
||||
CTRL-T keybinding.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "--preview 'head {}'" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Command line options for the CTRL-T keybinding.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "fd --type d";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The command that gets executed as the source for fzf for the
|
||||
ALT-C keybinding.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "--preview 'tree -C {} | head -200'" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Command line options for the ALT-C keybinding.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "--sort" "--exact" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Command line options for the CTRL-R keybinding.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -103,26 +103,26 @@ in {
|
|||
"fg+" = "#d4d4d4";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Color scheme options added to <literal>FZF_DEFAULT_OPTS</literal>. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/junegunn/fzf/wiki/Color-schemes"/>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Color scheme options added to `FZF_DEFAULT_OPTS`. See
|
||||
<https://github.com/junegunn/fzf/wiki/Color-schemes>
|
||||
for documentation.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
tmux = {
|
||||
enableShellIntegration = mkEnableOption ''
|
||||
setting <literal>FZF_TMUX=1</literal> which causes shell integration to use fzf-tmux
|
||||
'';
|
||||
enableShellIntegration = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
setting `FZF_TMUX=1` which causes shell integration to use fzf-tmux
|
||||
'');
|
||||
|
||||
shellIntegrationOptions = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''[ "-d 40%" ]'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
If <option>programs.fzf.tmux.enableShellIntegration</option> is set to <literal>true</literal>,
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If {option}`programs.fzf.tmux.enableShellIntegration` is set to `true`,
|
||||
shell integration will use these options for fzf-tmux.
|
||||
See <command>fzf-tmux --help</command> for available options.
|
||||
See {command}`fzf-tmux --help` for available options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableBashIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Bash integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableZshIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Zsh integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ in {
|
|||
enableFishIntegration = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to enable Fish integration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.gallery-dl = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "gallery-dl";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "gallery-dl");
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = jsonFormat.type;
|
||||
|
@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ in {
|
|||
extractor.base-directory = "~/Downloads";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gallery-dl/config.json</filename>. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/mikf/gallery-dl#configuration"/>
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gallery-dl/config.json`. See
|
||||
<https://github.com/mikf/gallery-dl#configuration>
|
||||
for supported values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -4,13 +4,14 @@ with lib;
|
|||
|
||||
{
|
||||
options.getmail = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "the getmail mail retriever for this account";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "the getmail mail retriever for this account");
|
||||
|
||||
destinationCommand = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "\${pkgs.maildrop}/bin/maildrop";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Specify a command delivering the incoming mail to your maildir.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -19,29 +20,29 @@ with lib;
|
|||
type = types.nonEmptyListOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "INBOX" "INBOX.spam" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A non-empty list of mailboxes. To download all mail you can
|
||||
use the <literal>ALL</literal> mailbox.
|
||||
use the `ALL` mailbox.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
delete = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Enable if you want to delete read messages from the server. Most
|
||||
users should either enable <literal>delete</literal> or disable
|
||||
<literal>readAll</literal>.
|
||||
users should either enable `delete` or disable
|
||||
`readAll`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
readAll = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Enable if you want to fetch all, even the read messages from the
|
||||
server. Most users should either enable <literal>delete</literal> or
|
||||
disable <literal>readAll</literal>.
|
||||
server. Most users should either enable `delete` or
|
||||
disable `readAll`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ let
|
|||
pv = "pr view";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Aliases that allow you to create nicknames for gh commands.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
editor = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The editor that gh should run when creating issues, pull requests, etc.
|
||||
If blank, will refer to environment.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "https";
|
||||
example = "ssh";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The protocol to use when performing Git operations.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -63,20 +63,20 @@ in {
|
|||
];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.gh = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "GitHub CLI tool";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "GitHub CLI tool");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.gh;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.gh";
|
||||
description = "Package providing <command>gh</command>.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package providing {command}`gh`.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = settingsType;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description =
|
||||
"Configuration written to <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gh/config.yml</filename>.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc
|
||||
"Configuration written to {file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gh/config.yml`.";
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
{
|
||||
git_protocol = "ssh";
|
||||
|
@ -92,15 +92,16 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enableGitCredentialHelper =
|
||||
mkEnableOption "the gh git credential helper for github.com" // {
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "the gh git credential helper for github.com")
|
||||
// {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extensions = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.package;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
gh extensions, see <link xlink:href="https://cli.github.com/manual/gh_extension"/>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
gh extensions, see <https://cli.github.com/manual/gh_extension>.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression "[ pkgs.gh-eco ]";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.NateCox ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.git-cliff = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "git-cliff changelog generator";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "git-cliff changelog generator");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "git-cliff" { };
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ in {
|
|||
trim = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git-cliff/cliff.toml</filename>. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://git-cliff.org/docs/configuration" />
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git-cliff/cliff.toml`. See
|
||||
<https://git-cliff.org/docs/configuration>
|
||||
for the documentation.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.git-credential-oauth = {
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption "Git authentication handler for OAuth";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
lib.mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Git authentication handler for OAuth");
|
||||
|
||||
package = lib.mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "git-credential-oauth" { };
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
key = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The default GPG signing key fingerprint.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
Set to <literal>null</literal> to let GnuPG decide what signing key
|
||||
|
||||
Set to `null` to let GnuPG decide what signing key
|
||||
to use depending on commit’s author.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -73,14 +73,15 @@ let
|
|||
signByDefault = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "Whether commits and tags should be signed by default.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Whether commits and tags should be signed by default.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gpgPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "${pkgs.gnupg}/bin/gpg2";
|
||||
defaultText = "\${pkgs.gnupg}/bin/gpg2";
|
||||
description = "Path to GnuPG binary to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Path to GnuPG binary to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -90,19 +91,16 @@ let
|
|||
condition = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Include this configuration only when <varname>condition</varname>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Include this configuration only when {var}`condition`
|
||||
matches. Allowed conditions are described in
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>git-config</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
{manpage}`git-config(1)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
path = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; either str path;
|
||||
description = "Path of the configuration file to include.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Path of the configuration file to include.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
contents = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -120,21 +118,18 @@ let
|
|||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration to include. If empty then a path must be given.
|
||||
|
||||
This follows the configuration structure as described in
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>git-config</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
{manpage}`git-config(1)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
contentSuffix = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "gitconfig";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Nix store name for the git configuration text file,
|
||||
when generating the configuration text from nix options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -151,41 +146,42 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.git = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Git";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Git");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.git;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.git";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Git package to install. Use <varname>pkgs.gitAndTools.gitFull</varname>
|
||||
to gain access to <command>git send-email</command> for instance.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Git package to install. Use {var}`pkgs.gitAndTools.gitFull`
|
||||
to gain access to {command}`git send-email` for instance.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
userName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Default user name to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Default user name to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
userEmail = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Default user email to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Default user email to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
aliases = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf types.str;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
example = { co = "checkout"; };
|
||||
description = "Git aliases to define.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Git aliases to define.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
signing = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr signModule;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Options related to signing commits using GnuPG.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Options related to signing commits using GnuPG.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extraConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -195,7 +191,7 @@ in {
|
|||
core = { whitespace = "trailing-space,space-before-tab"; };
|
||||
url."ssh://git@host".insteadOf = "otherhost";
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Additional configuration to add. The use of string values is
|
||||
deprecated and will be removed in the future.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -209,9 +205,9 @@ in {
|
|||
pre-commit = ./pre-commit-script;
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration helper for Git hooks.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://git-scm.com/docs/githooks" />
|
||||
See <https://git-scm.com/docs/githooks>
|
||||
for reference.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -225,14 +221,15 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "*~" "*.swp" ];
|
||||
description = "List of paths that should be globally ignored.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "List of paths that should be globally ignored.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
attributes = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "*.pdf diff=pdf" ];
|
||||
description = "List of defining attributes set globally.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "List of defining attributes set globally.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
includes = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -247,18 +244,18 @@ in {
|
|||
}
|
||||
]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = "List of configuration files to include.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "List of configuration files to include.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
lfs = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Git Large File Storage";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Git Large File Storage");
|
||||
|
||||
skipSmudge = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Skip automatic downloading of objects on clone or pull.
|
||||
This requires a manual <command>git lfs pull</command>
|
||||
This requires a manual {command}`git lfs pull`
|
||||
every time a new commit is checked out on your repository.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -276,7 +273,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.enum [ "light" "dark" ];
|
||||
default = "light";
|
||||
example = "dark";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Determines whether difftastic should use the lighter or darker colors
|
||||
for syntax highlighting.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -286,7 +283,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.enum [ "always" "auto" "never" ];
|
||||
default = "auto";
|
||||
example = "always";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Determines when difftastic should color its output.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -296,7 +293,7 @@ in {
|
|||
types.enum [ "side-by-side" "side-by-side-show-both" "inline" ];
|
||||
default = "side-by-side";
|
||||
example = "inline";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Determines how the output displays - in one column or two columns.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -328,7 +325,7 @@ in {
|
|||
file-decoration-style = "none";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Options to configure delta.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -345,8 +342,8 @@ in {
|
|||
pagerOpts = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ "--tabs=4" "-RFX" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Arguments to be passed to <command>less</command>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Arguments to be passed to {command}`less`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -354,7 +351,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
example = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the first block of an empty line should be colored.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -363,7 +360,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
example = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Simplify git header chunks to a more human readable format.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -372,8 +369,8 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
example = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Whether the <literal>+</literal> or <literal>-</literal> at
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether the `+` or `-` at
|
||||
line-start should be removed.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -382,7 +379,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
example = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
By default, the separator for the file header uses Unicode
|
||||
line-drawing characters. If this is causing output errors on
|
||||
your terminal, set this to false to use ASCII characters instead.
|
||||
|
@ -393,7 +390,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
By default, the separator for the file header spans the full
|
||||
width of the terminal. Use this setting to set the width of
|
||||
the file header manually.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.mifom ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.gitui = {
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption "gitui, blazing fast terminal-ui for git written in rust";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption
|
||||
(lib.mdDoc "gitui, blazing fast terminal-ui for git written in rust");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.gitui;
|
||||
defaultText = "pkgs.gitui";
|
||||
description = "The package to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The package to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
keyConfig = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ in {
|
|||
quit: Some(( code: Char('q'), modifiers: ( bits: 0,),)),
|
||||
exit_popup: Some(( code: Esc, modifiers: ( bits: 0,),)),
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Key config in Ron file format. This is written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gitui/key_config.ron</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gitui/key_config.ron`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ in {
|
|||
branch_fg: LightYellow,
|
||||
)
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Theme in Ron file format. This is written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gitui/theme.ron</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gitui/theme.ron`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
foreground = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "The foreground color.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The foreground color.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
background = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "The background color.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The background color.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
@ -32,35 +32,37 @@ let
|
|||
options = {
|
||||
foregroundColor = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "The foreground color.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The foreground color.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
backgroundColor = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "The background color.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The background color.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
boldColor = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = "The bold color, null to use same as foreground.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The bold color, null to use same as foreground.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
palette = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
description = "The terminal palette.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The terminal palette.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
cursor = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr backForeSubModule;
|
||||
description = "The color for the terminal cursor.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The color for the terminal cursor.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
highlight = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr backForeSubModule;
|
||||
description = "The colors for the terminal’s highlighted area.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The colors for the terminal’s highlighted area.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
@ -70,43 +72,44 @@ let
|
|||
default = mkOption {
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Whether this should be the default profile.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether this should be the default profile.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
visibleName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
description = "The profile name.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The profile name.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
colors = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr profileColorsSubModule;
|
||||
description = "The terminal colors, null to use system default.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The terminal colors, null to use system default.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
cursorBlinkMode = mkOption {
|
||||
default = "system";
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "system" "on" "off" ];
|
||||
description = "The cursor blink mode.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The cursor blink mode.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
cursorShape = mkOption {
|
||||
default = "block";
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "block" "ibeam" "underline" ];
|
||||
description = "The cursor shape.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The cursor shape.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
font = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = "The font name, null to use system default.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The font name, null to use system default.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
allowBold = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
If <literal>true</literal>, allow applications in the
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If `true`, allow applications in the
|
||||
terminal to make text boldface.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -114,19 +117,19 @@ let
|
|||
scrollOnOutput = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Whether to scroll when output is written.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether to scroll when output is written.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
showScrollbar = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Whether the scroll bar should be visible.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether the scroll bar should be visible.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
scrollbackLines = mkOption {
|
||||
default = 10000;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.int;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The number of scrollback lines to keep, null for infinite.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -134,7 +137,7 @@ let
|
|||
customCommand = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The command to use to start the shell, or null for default shell.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -142,7 +145,7 @@ let
|
|||
loginShell = mkOption {
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Run command as a login shell.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Run command as a login shell.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
backspaceBinding = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ let
|
|||
boldIsBright = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Whether bold text is shown in bright colors.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether bold text is shown in bright colors.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
deleteBinding = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -202,13 +205,13 @@ let
|
|||
audibleBell = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Turn on/off the terminal's bell.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Turn on/off the terminal's bell.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
transparencyPercent = mkOption {
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
type = types.nullOr (types.ints.between 0 100);
|
||||
description = "Background transparency in percent.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Background transparency in percent.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
@ -275,24 +278,24 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.gnome-terminal = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Gnome Terminal";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Gnome Terminal");
|
||||
|
||||
showMenubar = mkOption {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
description = "Whether to show the menubar by default";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Whether to show the menubar by default";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
themeVariant = mkOption {
|
||||
default = "default";
|
||||
type = types.enum [ "default" "light" "dark" "system" ];
|
||||
description = "The theme variation to request";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The theme variation to request";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
profile = mkOption {
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf profileSubModule;
|
||||
description = "A set of Gnome Terminal profiles.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "A set of Gnome Terminal profiles.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.go = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Go";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Go");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.go;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.go";
|
||||
description = "The Go package to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The Go package to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
packages = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ in {
|
|||
"golang.org/x/time" = builtins.fetchGit "https://go.googlesource.com/time";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = "Packages to add to GOPATH.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Packages to add to GOPATH.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
goPath = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "go";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Primary <envar>GOPATH</envar> relative to
|
||||
<envar>HOME</envar>. It will be exported first and therefore
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Primary {env}`GOPATH` relative to
|
||||
{env}`HOME`. It will be exported first and therefore
|
||||
used by default by the Go tooling.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.listOf types.str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "extraGoPath1" "extraGoPath2" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Extra <envar>GOPATH</envar>s relative to <envar>HOME</envar> appended
|
||||
after <xref linkend="opt-programs.go.goPath"/>, if that option is set.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra {env}`GOPATH`s relative to {env}`HOME` appended
|
||||
after [](#opt-programs.go.goPath), if that option is set.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = ".local/bin.go";
|
||||
description = "GOBIN relative to HOME";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "GOBIN relative to HOME";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
goPrivate = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; listOf str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "*.corp.example.com" "rsc.io/private" ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
The <envar>GOPRIVATE</envar> environment variable controls
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The {env}`GOPRIVATE` environment variable controls
|
||||
which modules the go command considers to be private (not
|
||||
available publicly) and should therefore not use the proxy
|
||||
or checksum database.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ let
|
|||
text = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Text of an OpenPGP public key.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
source = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.path;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Path of an OpenPGP public key file.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ let
|
|||
|
||||
in {
|
||||
options.programs.gpg = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "GnuPG";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "GnuPG");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
|
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ in {
|
|||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.gnupg";
|
||||
example = literalExpression "pkgs.gnupg23";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
"The Gnupg package to use (also used the gpg-agent service).";
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "The Gnupg package to use (also used the gpg-agent service).";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -159,17 +159,13 @@ in {
|
|||
s2k-cipher-algo = "AES128";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
GnuPG configuration options. Available options are described
|
||||
in
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://gnupg.org/documentation/manpage.html">
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>gpg</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</link>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
[
|
||||
{manpage}`gpg(1)`
|
||||
](https://gnupg.org/documentation/manpage.html).
|
||||
|
||||
Note that lists are converted to duplicate keys.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -182,15 +178,12 @@ in {
|
|||
disable-ccid = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
SCdaemon configuration options. Available options are described
|
||||
in
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://www.gnupg.org/documentation/manuals/gnupg/Scdaemon-Options.html">
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>scdaemon</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
</link>.
|
||||
[
|
||||
{manpage}`scdaemon(1)`
|
||||
](https://www.gnupg.org/documentation/manuals/gnupg/Scdaemon-Options.html).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -200,19 +193,19 @@ in {
|
|||
default = "${config.home.homeDirectory}/.gnupg";
|
||||
defaultText =
|
||||
literalExpression ''"''${config.home.homeDirectory}/.gnupg"'';
|
||||
description = "Directory to store keychains and configuration.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Directory to store keychains and configuration.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
mutableKeys = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
If set to <literal>true</literal>, you may manage your keyring as a user
|
||||
using the <literal>gpg</literal> command. Upon activation, the keyring
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If set to `true`, you may manage your keyring as a user
|
||||
using the `gpg` command. Upon activation, the keyring
|
||||
will have managed keys added without overwriting unmanaged keys.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
If set to <literal>false</literal>, the path
|
||||
<filename>$GNUPGHOME/pubring.kbx</filename> will become an immutable
|
||||
|
||||
If set to `false`, the path
|
||||
{file}`$GNUPGHOME/pubring.kbx` will become an immutable
|
||||
link to the Nix store, denying modifications.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -220,16 +213,16 @@ in {
|
|||
mutableTrust = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
If set to <literal>true</literal>, you may manage trust as a user using
|
||||
the <command>gpg</command> command. Upon activation, trusted keys have
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
If set to `true`, you may manage trust as a user using
|
||||
the {command}`gpg` command. Upon activation, trusted keys have
|
||||
their trust set without overwriting unmanaged keys.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
If set to <literal>false</literal>, the path
|
||||
<filename>$GNUPGHOME/trustdb.gpg</filename> will be
|
||||
<emphasis>overwritten</emphasis> on each activation, removing trust for
|
||||
|
||||
If set to `false`, the path
|
||||
{file}`$GNUPGHOME/trustdb.gpg` will be
|
||||
*overwritten* on each activation, removing trust for
|
||||
any unmanaged keys. Be careful to make a backup of your old
|
||||
<filename>trustdb.gpg</filename> before switching to immutable trust!
|
||||
{file}`trustdb.gpg` before switching to immutable trust!
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -239,7 +232,7 @@ in {
|
|||
[ { source = ./pubkeys.txt; } ]
|
||||
'';
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
A list of public keys to be imported into GnuPG. Note, these key files
|
||||
will be copied into the world-readable Nix store.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,17 +11,16 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ AndersonTorres ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.havoc = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Havoc terminal";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Havoc terminal");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "havoc" { };
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = iniFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/havoc.cfg</filename>. See <link
|
||||
xlink:href="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/ii8/havoc/master/havoc.cfg"/>
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/havoc.cfg`. See <https://raw.githubusercontent.com/ii8/havoc/master/havoc.cfg>
|
||||
for a list of available options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.Philipp-M ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.helix = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "helix text editor";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "helix text editor");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.helix;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.helix";
|
||||
description = "The package to use for helix.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The package to use for helix.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
defaultEditor = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Whether to configure <command>hx</command> as the default
|
||||
editor using the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether to configure {command}`hx` as the default
|
||||
editor using the {env}`EDITOR` environment variable.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/helix/config.toml</filename>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://docs.helix-editor.com/configuration.html" />
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/helix/config.toml`.
|
||||
|
||||
See <https://docs.helix-editor.com/configuration.html>
|
||||
for the full list of options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -80,11 +80,11 @@ in {
|
|||
}];
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Language specific configuration at
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/helix/languages.toml</filename>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://docs.helix-editor.com/languages.html" />
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/helix/languages.toml`.
|
||||
|
||||
See <https://docs.helix-editor.com/languages.html>
|
||||
for more information.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -149,12 +149,12 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Each theme is written to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/helix/themes/theme-name.toml</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/helix/themes/theme-name.toml`.
|
||||
Where the name of each attribute is the theme-name (in the example "base16").
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://docs.helix-editor.com/themes.html" />
|
||||
|
||||
See <https://docs.helix-editor.com/themes.html>
|
||||
for the full list of options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,37 +11,37 @@ let
|
|||
autoconnect = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "Autoconnect to network.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Autoconnect to network.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
connectToSelectedServerOnly = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = "Connect to selected server only.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Connect to selected server only.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
bypassProxy = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = "Bypass proxy.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Bypass proxy.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
forceSSL = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "Use SSL for all servers.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Use SSL for all servers.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
acceptInvalidSSLCertificates = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "Accept invalid SSL certificates.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Accept invalid SSL certificates.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
useGlobalUserInformation = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr bool;
|
||||
default = false;
|
||||
description = "Use global user information.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Use global user information.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -53,21 +53,23 @@ let
|
|||
type = listOf str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "#home-manager" "#linux" "#nix" ];
|
||||
description = "Channels list to autojoin on connecting to server.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Channels list to autojoin on connecting to server.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
charset = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "UTF-8 (Unicode)";
|
||||
description = "Character set.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Character set.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
commands = mkOption {
|
||||
type = listOf str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''[ "ECHO Greetings fellow Nixer! ]'';
|
||||
description = "Commands to be executed on connecting to server.";
|
||||
description =
|
||||
lib.mdDoc "Commands to be executed on connecting to server.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
loginMethod = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -108,13 +110,13 @@ let
|
|||
nickname = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Primary nickname.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Primary nickname.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
nickname2 = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = "Secondary nickname.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Secondary nickname.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
options = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -124,13 +126,13 @@ let
|
|||
autoconnect = true;
|
||||
useGlobalUserInformation = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = "Channel options.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Channel options.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
password = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Password to use. Note this password will be readable by all user's
|
||||
in the Nix store.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -139,17 +141,17 @@ let
|
|||
realName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Real name. Is used to populate the real name field that appears when
|
||||
someone uses the <literal>WHOIS</literal> command on your nick.
|
||||
someone uses the `WHOIS` command on your nick.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
userName = mkOption {
|
||||
type = nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
User name. Part of your <literal>user@host</literal> hostmask that
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
User name. Part of your `user@host` hostmask that
|
||||
appears to other on IRC.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -158,7 +160,7 @@ let
|
|||
type = listOf str;
|
||||
default = [ ];
|
||||
example = [ "irc.oftc.net" ];
|
||||
description = "IRC Server Address List.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "IRC Server Address List.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -219,7 +221,7 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = with maintainers; [ thiagokokada ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.hexchat = with types; {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "HexChat, a graphical IRC client";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "HexChat, a graphical IRC client");
|
||||
|
||||
channels = mkOption {
|
||||
type = attrsOf modChannelOption;
|
||||
|
@ -254,8 +256,8 @@ in {
|
|||
userName = "my_username";
|
||||
};
|
||||
}'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Configures <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/hexchat/servlist.conf</filename>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configures {file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/hexchat/servlist.conf`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -270,9 +272,9 @@ in {
|
|||
text_font = "Monospace 14";
|
||||
};
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Configuration for <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/hexchat/hexchat.conf</filename>, see
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://hexchat.readthedocs.io/en/latest/settings.html#list-of-settings"/>
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration for {file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/hexchat/hexchat.conf`, see
|
||||
<https://hexchat.readthedocs.io/en/latest/settings.html#list-of-settings>
|
||||
for supported values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -307,9 +309,9 @@ in {
|
|||
stripRoot = false;
|
||||
};
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Theme package for HexChat. Expects a derivation containing decompressed
|
||||
theme files. Note, <literal>.hct</literal> files are actually ZIP files,
|
||||
theme files. Note, `.hct` files are actually ZIP files,
|
||||
as seen in example.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -118,21 +118,22 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.himalaya = {
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption "the Himalaya email client";
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "the Himalaya email client");
|
||||
package = lib.mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "himalaya" { };
|
||||
settings = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
type = lib.types.submodule { freeformType = tomlFormat.type; };
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Himalaya global configuration.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://pimalaya.org/himalaya/cli/configuration/global.html"/> for supported values.
|
||||
See <https://pimalaya.org/himalaya/cli/configuration/global.html> for supported values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
services = {
|
||||
himalaya-notify = {
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption "the Himalaya new emails notifier service";
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption
|
||||
(lib.mdDoc "the Himalaya new emails notifier service");
|
||||
|
||||
environment = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
type = with lib.types; attrsOf str;
|
||||
|
@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ in {
|
|||
"PASSWORD_STORE_DIR" = "~/.password-store";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra environment variables to be exported in the service.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -152,7 +153,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with lib.types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "gmail";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Name of the account the notifier should be started for. If
|
||||
no account is given, the default one is used.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with lib.types; nullOr int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "500";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Notifier lifetime of the IDLE session (in seconds).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -170,8 +171,8 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
himalaya-watch = {
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
lib.mkEnableOption "the Himalaya folder changes watcher service";
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption
|
||||
(lib.mdDoc "the Himalaya folder changes watcher service");
|
||||
|
||||
environment = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
type = with lib.types; attrsOf str;
|
||||
|
@ -181,7 +182,7 @@ in {
|
|||
"PASSWORD_STORE_DIR" = "~/.password-store";
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Extra environment variables to be exported in the service.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with lib.types; nullOr str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "gmail";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Name of the account the watcher should be started for. If
|
||||
no account is given, the default one is used.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = with lib.types; nullOr int;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "500";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Watcher lifetime of the IDLE session (in seconds).
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -212,7 +213,8 @@ in {
|
|||
accounts.email.accounts = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
type = lib.types.attrsOf (lib.types.submodule {
|
||||
options.himalaya = {
|
||||
enable = lib.mkEnableOption "Himalaya for this email account";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
lib.mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Himalaya for this email account");
|
||||
|
||||
# TODO: remove me for the next release
|
||||
backend = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -236,9 +238,9 @@ in {
|
|||
settings = lib.mkOption {
|
||||
type = lib.types.submodule { freeformType = tomlFormat.type; };
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Himalaya configuration for this email account.
|
||||
See <link xlink:href="https://pimalaya.org/himalaya/cli/configuration/account.html"/> for supported values.
|
||||
See <https://pimalaya.org/himalaya/cli/configuration/account.html> for supported values.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ in {
|
|||
|
||||
options = {
|
||||
programs.home-manager = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "Home Manager";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Home Manager");
|
||||
|
||||
path = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.nullOr types.str;
|
||||
default = null;
|
||||
example = "$HOME/devel/home-manager";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The default path to use for Home Manager. When
|
||||
<literal>null</literal>, then the <filename>home-manager</filename>
|
||||
channel, <filename>$HOME/.config/nixpkgs/home-manager</filename>, and
|
||||
<filename>$HOME/.nixpkgs/home-manager</filename> will be attempted.
|
||||
`null`, then the {file}`home-manager`
|
||||
channel, {file}`$HOME/.config/nixpkgs/home-manager`, and
|
||||
{file}`$HOME/.nixpkgs/home-manager` will be attempted.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.Dines97 ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.hstr = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption ''
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Bash And Zsh shell history suggest box - easily view, navigate, search and
|
||||
manage your command history'';
|
||||
manage your command history'');
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "hstr" { };
|
||||
|
||||
enableBashIntegration = mkEnableOption "Bash integration" // {
|
||||
enableBashIntegration = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Bash integration") // {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enableZshIntegration = mkEnableOption "Zsh integration" // {
|
||||
enableZshIntegration = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "Zsh integration") // {
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.bjpbakker ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.htop = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "htop";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "htop");
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrs;
|
||||
|
@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ in {
|
|||
(text "Systemd")
|
||||
]);
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration options to add to
|
||||
<filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/htop/htoprc</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/htop/htoprc`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.htop;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.htop";
|
||||
description = "Package containing the <command>htop</command> program.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package containing the {command}`htop` program.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.lilyinstarlight ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.hyfetch = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "hyfetch";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "hyfetch");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.hyfetch;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.hyfetch";
|
||||
description = "The hyfetch package to use.";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "The hyfetch package to use.";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
'';
|
||||
description = "JSON config for HyFetch";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "JSON config for HyFetch";
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = with lib.maintainers; [ farlion thiagokokada ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.i3status-rust = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "a replacement for i3-status written in Rust";
|
||||
enable =
|
||||
mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "a replacement for i3-status written in Rust");
|
||||
|
||||
bars = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.attrsOf (types.submodule {
|
||||
|
@ -49,10 +50,10 @@ in {
|
|||
format = " $timestamp.datetime(f:'%a %d/%m %R') ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
];
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration blocks to add to i3status-rust
|
||||
<filename>config</filename>. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/greshake/i3status-rust/blob/master/blocks.md"/>
|
||||
{file}`config`. See
|
||||
<https://github.com/greshake/i3status-rust/blob/master/blocks.md>
|
||||
for block options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
@ -86,9 +87,9 @@ in {
|
|||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = settingsFormat.type;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Any extra options to add to i3status-rust
|
||||
<filename>config</filename>.
|
||||
{file}`config`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -106,9 +107,9 @@ in {
|
|||
icons = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "none";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The icons set to use. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/greshake/i3status-rust/blob/master/doc/themes.md"/>
|
||||
<https://github.com/greshake/i3status-rust/blob/master/doc/themes.md>
|
||||
for a list of available icon sets.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = "awesome6";
|
||||
|
@ -117,9 +118,9 @@ in {
|
|||
theme = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.str;
|
||||
default = "plain";
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
The theme to use. See
|
||||
<link xlink:href="https://github.com/greshake/i3status-rust/blob/master/doc/themes.md"/>
|
||||
<https://github.com/greshake/i3status-rust/blob/master/doc/themes.md>
|
||||
for a list of available themes.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = "gruvbox-dark";
|
||||
|
@ -161,20 +162,17 @@ in {
|
|||
];
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Attribute set of i3status-rust bars, each with their own configuration.
|
||||
Each bar <varname>name</varname> generates a config file suffixed with
|
||||
the bar's <varname>name</varname> from the attribute set, like so:
|
||||
<filename>config-''${name}.toml</filename>.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
Each bar {var}`name` generates a config file suffixed with
|
||||
the bar's {var}`name` from the attribute set, like so:
|
||||
{file}`config-''${name}.toml`.
|
||||
|
||||
This way, multiple config files can be generated, such as for having a
|
||||
top and a bottom bar.
|
||||
</para><para>
|
||||
|
||||
See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>i3status-rust</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`i3status-rust(1)`
|
||||
for options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
@ -228,7 +226,7 @@ in {
|
|||
type = types.package;
|
||||
default = pkgs.i3status-rust;
|
||||
defaultText = literalExpression "pkgs.i3status-rust";
|
||||
description = "Package providing i3status-rust";
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc "Package providing i3status-rust";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ hm.maintainers.justinlovinger ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.i3status = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption "i3status";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc "i3status");
|
||||
|
||||
enableDefault = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether or not to enable
|
||||
the default configuration.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
|
@ -50,14 +50,11 @@ in {
|
|||
general = mkOption {
|
||||
type = settingsType;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Configuration to add to i3status <filename>config</filename>
|
||||
<literal>general</literal> section.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration to add to i3status {file}`config`
|
||||
`general` section.
|
||||
See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>i3status</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`i3status(1)`
|
||||
for options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
@ -77,26 +74,23 @@ in {
|
|||
enable = mkOption {
|
||||
type = types.bool;
|
||||
default = true;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Whether or not to enable this module.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
position = mkOption {
|
||||
type = with types; either int float;
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Position of this module in i3status <literal>order</literal>.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Position of this module in i3status `order`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
};
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
type = settingsType;
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration to add to this i3status module.
|
||||
See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>i3status</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`i3status(1)`
|
||||
for options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
@ -110,13 +104,10 @@ in {
|
|||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
Modules to add to i3status <filename>config</filename> file.
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Modules to add to i3status {file}`config` file.
|
||||
See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>i3status</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>
|
||||
{manpage}`i3status(1)`
|
||||
for options.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,20 +13,17 @@ in {
|
|||
meta.maintainers = [ maintainers.christoph-heiss ];
|
||||
|
||||
options.programs.imv = {
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption
|
||||
"imv: a command line image viewer intended for use with tiling window managers";
|
||||
enable = mkEnableOption (lib.mdDoc
|
||||
"imv: a command line image viewer intended for use with tiling window managers");
|
||||
|
||||
package = mkPackageOptionMD pkgs "imv" { };
|
||||
|
||||
settings = mkOption {
|
||||
default = { };
|
||||
type = with types; attrsOf (attrsOf (oneOf [ bool int str ]));
|
||||
description = ''
|
||||
description = lib.mdDoc ''
|
||||
Configuration options for imv. See
|
||||
<citerefentry>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>imv</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||||
</citerefentry>.
|
||||
{manpage}`imv(5)`.
|
||||
'';
|
||||
example = literalExpression ''
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Reference in a new issue